]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #32488 from bluca/chores
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 256-rc1:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for automatic flushing of the nscd user/group database caches
8 will be dropped in a future release.
9
10 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
11 considered obsolete and systemd by default will refuse to boot under
12 it. To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support,
13 SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1 must be set on kernel command
14 line. The meson option 'default-hierarchy=' is also deprecated, i.e.
15 only cgroup v2 ('unified' hierarchy) can be selected as build-time
16 default.
17
18 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge
19 VLAN IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since version 256, if a
20 .network file for an interface has at least one valid setting in the
21 [BridgeVLAN] section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface
22 that are not configured in the .network file are removed.
23
24 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
25 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries for or below the /boot/
26 or /efi/ hierarchies in /etc/fstab. This is to prevent the generator
27 from interfering with systems where the ESP is explicitly configured
28 to be mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of
29 setup is obsolete, but still commonly found).
30
31 * The behavior of systemd-sleep and systemd-homed has been updated to
32 freeze user sessions when entering the various sleep modes or when
33 locking a homed-managed home area. This is known to cause issues with
34 the proprietary NVIDIA drivers. Packagers of the NVIDIA proprietary
35 drivers may want to add drop-in configuration files that set
36 SYSTEMD_SLEEP_FREEZE_USER_SESSION=false for systemd-suspend.service
37 and related services, and SYSTEMD_HOME_LOCK_FREEZE_SESSION=false for
38 systemd-homed.service.
39
40 * systemd-tmpfiles and systemd-sysusers, when given a relative
41 configuration file path (with at least one directory separator '/'),
42 will open the file directly, instead of searching for the given
43 partial path in the standard locations. The old mode wasn't useful
44 because tmpfiles.d/ and sysusers.d/ configuration has a flat
45 structure with no subdirectories under the standard locations and
46 this change makes it easier to work with local files with those
47 tools.
48
49 * systemd-tmpfiles now properly applies nested configuration to 'R' and
50 'D' stanzas. For example, with the combination of 'R /foo' and 'x
51 /foo/bar', /foo/bar will now be excluded from removal.
52
53 General Changes and New Features:
54
55 * Various programs will now attempt to load the main configuration file
56 from locations below /usr/lib/, /usr/local/lib/, and /run/, not just
57 below /etc/. For example, systemd-logind will look for
58 /etc/systemd/logind.conf, /run/systemd/logind.conf,
59 /usr/local/lib/systemd/logind.conf, and /usr/lib/systemd/logind.conf,
60 and use the first file that is found. This means that the search
61 logic for the main config file and for drop-ins is now the same.
62
63 Similarly, kernel-install will look for the config files in
64 /usr/lib/kernel/ and the other search locations, and now also
65 supports drop-ins.
66
67 systemd-udevd now supports drop-ins for udev.conf.
68
69 * A new 'systemd-vpick' binary has been added. It implements the new
70 vpick protocol, where a "*.v/" directory may contain multiple files
71 which have versions (following the UAPI version format specification)
72 embedded in the file name. The files are ordered by version and
73 the newest one is selected.
74
75 systemd-nspawn --image=/--directory=, systemd-dissect,
76 systemd-portabled, and the RootDirectory=, RootImage=,
77 ExtensionImages=, and ExtensionDirectories= settings for units now
78 support the vpick protocol and allow the latest version to be
79 selected automatically if a "*.v/" directory is specified as the
80 source.
81
82 * Encrypted service credentials can now be made accessible to
83 unprivileged users. systemd-creds gained new options --user/--uid=
84 for encrypting/decrypting a credential for a specific user.
85
86 * New command-line tool 'importctl' to download, import, and export
87 disk images via systemd-importd is added with the following verbs:
88 pull-tar, pull-raw, import-tar, import-raw, import-fs, export-tar,
89 export-raw, list-transfers, and cancel-transfer. This functionality
90 was previously available in "machinectl", where it was used
91 exclusively for machine images. The new "importctl" generalizes this
92 for sysext, confext, and portable service images.
93
94 * The systemd sources may now be compiled cleanly with all OpenSSL 3.0
95 deprecations removed, including the OpenSSL engine logic turned off.
96
97 Service Management:
98
99 * New system manager setting ProtectSystem= has been added. It is
100 analogous to the unit setting, but applies to the whole system. It is
101 enabled by default in the initrd.
102
103 * New unit setting WantsMountsFor= has been added. It is analogous to
104 RequiresMountsFor=, but creates a Wants= dependency instead of
105 Requires=. This new logic is now used in various places where mounts
106 were added as dependencies for other settings (WorkingDirectory=-…,
107 PrivateTmp=yes, cryptsetup lines with 'nofail').
108
109 * New unit setting MemoryZSwapWriteback= can be used to control the new
110 memory.zswap.writeback cgroup knob added in kernel 6.8.
111
112 * The manager gained a org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope()
113 D-Bus method to devolve some processes from a service into a new
114 scope. This new scope will remain running, even when the original
115 service unit is restarted or stopped. This allows a service unit to
116 split out some worker processes which need to continue running.
117 Control group properties of the new scope are copied from the
118 originating unit, so various limits are retained.
119
120 * Units now expose properties EffectiveMemoryMax=,
121 EffectiveMemoryHigh=, and EffectiveTasksMax=, which report the
122 most stringent limit systemd is aware of for the given unit.
123
124 * A new unit file specifier %D expands to $XDG_DATA_HOME (for user
125 services) or /usr/share/ (for system services).
126
127 * AllowedCPUs= now supports specifier expansion.
128
129 * What= setting in .mount and .swap units now accepts fstab-style
130 identifiers, for example UUID=… or LABEL=….
131
132 * RestrictNetworkInterfaces= now supports alternative network interface
133 names.
134
135 * PAMName= now implies SetLoginEnvironment=yes.
136
137 * systemd.firstboot=no can be used on the kernel command-line to
138 disable interactive queries, but allow other first boot configuration
139 to happen based on credentials.
140
141 * The system's hostname can be configured via the systemd.hostname
142 system credential.
143
144 * The systemd binary will no longer chainload sysvinit's "telinit"
145 binary when called under the init/telinit name on a system that isn't
146 booted with systemd. This previously has been supported to make sure
147 a distribution that has both init systems installed can reasonably
148 switch from one to the other via a simple reboot. Distributions
149 apparently have lost interest in this, and the functionality has not
150 been supported on the primary distribution this was still intended
151 for for a long time, and hence has been removed now.
152
153 * A new concept called "capsules" has been introduced. "Capsules" wrap
154 additional per-user service managers, whose users are transient and
155 are only defined as long as the service manager is running. (This is
156 implemented via DynamicUser=1), allowing a user manager to be used to
157 manager a group of processes without needing to create an actual user
158 account. These service managers run with home directories of
159 /var/lib/capsules/<capsule-name> and can contain regular services and
160 other units. A capsule is started via a simple "systemctl start
161 capsule@<name>.service". See the capsule@.service(5) man page for
162 further details.
163
164 Various systemd tools (including, and most importantly, systemctl and
165 systemd-run) have been updated to interact with capsules via the new
166 "--capsule="/"-C" switch.
167
168 * .socket units gained a new setting PassFileDescriptorsToExec=, taking
169 a boolean value. If set to true the file descriptors the socket unit
170 encapsulates are passed to the ExecStartPost=, ExecStopPre=,
171 ExecStopPost= using the usual $LISTEN_FDS interface. This may be used
172 for doing additional initializations on the sockets once they are
173 allocated. (For example, to install an additional eBPF program on
174 them).
175
176 * The .socket setting MaxConnectionsPerSource= (which so far put a
177 limit on concurrent connections per IP in Accept=yes socket units),
178 now also has an effect on AF_UNIX sockets: it will put a limit on the
179 number of simultaneous connections from the same source UID (as
180 determined via SO_PEERCRED). This is useful for implementing IPC
181 services in a simple Accept=yes mode.
182
183 * The service manager will now maintain a counter of soft reboot cycles
184 the system went through. It may be queried via the D-Bus APIs.
185
186 * systemd's execution logic now supports the new pidfd_spawn() API
187 introduced by glibc 2.39, which allows us to invoke a subprocess in a
188 target cgroup and get a pidfd back in a single operation.
189
190 * systemd/PID 1 will now send an additional sd_notify() message to its
191 supervising VMM or container manager reporting the selected hostname
192 ("X_SYSTEMD_HOSTNAME=") and machine ID ("X_SYSTEMD_MACHINE_ID=") at
193 boot. Moreover, the service manager will send additional sd_notify()
194 messages ("X_SYSTEMD_UNIT_ACTIVE=") whenever a target unit is
195 reached. This can be used by VMMs/container managers to schedule
196 access to the system precisely. For example, the moment a system
197 reports "ssh-access.target" being reached a VMM/container manager
198 knows it can now connect to the system via SSH. Finally, a new
199 sd_notify() message ("X_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2") is sent the moment
200 PID 1 has successfully completed installation of its various UNIX
201 process signal handlers (i.e. the moment where SIGRTMIN+4 sent to
202 PID 1 will start to have the effect of shutting down the system
203 cleanly). X_SYSTEMD_SHUTDOWN= is sent shortly before the system shuts
204 down, and carries a string identifying the type of shutdown,
205 i.e. "poweroff", "halt", "reboot". X_SYSTEMD_REBOOT_PARAMETER= is
206 sent at the same time and carries the string passed to "systemctl
207 --reboot-argument=" if there was one.
208
209 * New D-Bus properties ExecMainHandoffTimestamp and
210 ExecMainHandoffTimestampMonotonic are now published by services
211 units. This timestamp is taken as the very last operation before
212 handing off control to invoked binaries. This information is
213 available for other unit types that fork off processes (i.e. mount,
214 swap, socket units), but currently only via "systemd-analyze dump".
215
216 * An additional timestamp is now taken by the service manager when a
217 system shutdown operation is initiated. It can be queried via D-Bus
218 during the shutdown phase. It's passed to the following service
219 manager invocation on soft reboots, which will then use it to log the
220 overall "grey-out" time of the soft reboot operation, i.e. the time
221 when the shutdown began until the system is fully up again.
222
223 * "systemctl status" will now display the invocation ID in its usual
224 output, i.e. the 128bit ID uniquely assigned to the current runtime
225 cycle of the unit. The ID has been supported for a long time, but is
226 now more prominently displayed, as it is a very useful handle to a
227 specific invocation of a service.
228
229 * systemd now generates a new "taint" string "unmerged-bin" for systems
230 that have /usr/bin/ and /usr/sbin/ separate. It's generally
231 recommended to make the latter a symlink to the former these days.
232
233 Journal:
234
235 * systemd-journald can now forward journal entries to a socket
236 (AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_UNIX, or AF_VSOCK). The socket can be
237 specified in journald.conf via a new option ForwardAddress= or via
238 the 'journald.forward_address' credential. Log records are sent in
239 the Journal Export Format. A related setting MaxLevelSocket= has been
240 added to control the maximum log levels for the messages sent to this
241 socket.
242
243 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --forward-journal= option to forward the
244 virtual machine's journal entries to the host. This is done over a
245 AF_VSOCK socket, i.e. it does not require networking in the guest.
246
247 * journalctl gained option '-i' as a shortcut for --file=.
248
249 * journalctl gained a new -T/--exclude-identifier= option to filter
250 out certain syslog identifiers.
251
252 * journalctl gained a new --list-namespaces option.
253
254 * systemd-journal-remote now also accepts AF_VSOCK and AF_UNIX sockets
255 (so it can be used to receive entries forwarded by systemd-journald).
256
257 * systemd-journal-gatewayd allows restricting the time range of
258 retrieved entries with a new "realtime=[<since>]:[<until>]" URL
259 parameter.
260
261 * systemd-cat gained a new option --namespace= to specify the target
262 journal namespace to which the output shall be connected.
263
264 * systemd-bsod gained a new option --tty= to specify the output TTY
265
266 Device Management:
267
268 * /dev/ now contains symlinks that combine by-path and by-{label,uuid}
269 information:
270
271 /dev/disk/by-path/<path>/by-<label|uuid|…>/<label|uuid|…>
272
273 This allows distinguishing partitions with identical contents on
274 multiple storage devices. This is useful, for example, when copying
275 raw disk contents between devices.
276
277 * systemd-udevd now creates persistent /dev/media/by-path/ symlinks for
278 media controllers. For example, the uvcvideo driver may create
279 /dev/media0 which will be linked as
280 /dev/media/by-path/pci-0000:04:00.3-usb-0:1:1.0-media-controller.
281
282 * A new unit systemd-udev-load-credentials.service has been added
283 to pick up udev.conf drop-ins and udev rules from credentials.
284
285 * An allowlist/denylist may be specified to filter which sysfs
286 attributes are used when crafting network interface names. Those
287 lists are stored as hwdb entries
288 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW_<sysfsattr>=0|1
289 and
290 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW=0|1.
291
292 The goal is to avoid unexpected changes to interface names when the
293 kernel is updated and new sysfs attributes become visible.
294
295 * A new unit tpm2.target has been added to provide a synchronization
296 point for units which expect the TPM hardware to be available. A new
297 generator "systemd-tpm2-generator" has been added that will insert
298 this target whenever it detects that the firmware has initialized a
299 TPM, but Linux hasn't loaded a driver for it yet.
300
301 * systemd-backlight now properly supports numbered devices which the
302 kernel creates to avoid collisions in the leds subsystem.
303
304 * systemd-hwdb update operation can be disabled with a new environment
305 variable SYSTEMD_HWDB_UPDATE_BYPASS=1.
306
307 systemd-hostnamed:
308
309 * systemd-hostnamed now exposes the machine ID and boot ID via
310 D-Bus. It also exposes the hosts AF_VSOCK CID, if available.
311
312 * systemd-hostnamed now provides a basic Varlink interface.
313
314 * systemd-hostnamed exports the full data in os-release(5) and
315 machine-info(5) via D-Bus and Varlink.
316
317 * hostnamectl now shows the system's product UUID and hardware serial
318 number if known.
319
320 Network Management:
321
322 * systemd-networkd now provides a basic Varlink interface.
323
324 * systemd-networkd's ARP proxy support gained a new option to configure
325 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel under
326 the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
327
328 * systemd-networkd now exports the NamespaceId and NamespaceNSID
329 properties via D-Bus and Varlink. (which expose the inode and NSID of
330 the network namespace the networkd instance manages)
331
332 * systemd-networkd now supports IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec= and
333 UseRetransmissionTime= settings in .network files to configure
334 retransmission time for IPv6 neighbor solicitation messages.
335
336 * networkctl gained new verbs 'mask' and 'unmask' for masking networkd
337 configuration files such as .network files.
338
339 * 'networkctl edit --runtime' allows editing volatile configuration
340 under /run/systemd/network/.
341
342 * The implementation behind TTLPropagate= network setting has been
343 removed and the setting is now ignored.
344
345 * systemd-network-generator will now pick up .netdev/.link/.network/
346 networkd.conf configuration from system credentials.
347
348 * systemd-networkd will now pick up wireguard secrets from
349 credentials.
350
351 * systemd-networkd's Varlink API now supports enumerating LLDP peers.
352
353 * .link files now support new Property=, ImportProperty=,
354 UnsetProperty= fields for setting udev properties on a link.
355
356 * The various .link files that systemd ships for interfaces that are
357 supposed to be managed by systemd-networkd only now carry a
358 ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=io.systemd.Network udev property ensuring that
359 other network management solutions honouring this udev property do
360 not come into conflict with networkd, trying to manage these
361 interfaces.
362
363 * .link files now support a new ReceivePacketSteeringCPUMask= setting
364 for configuring which CPUs to steer incoming packets to.
365
366 * The [Network] section in .network files gained a new setting
367 UseDomains=, which is a single generic knob for controlling the
368 settings of the same name in the [DHCPv4], [DHCPv6] and
369 [IPv6AcceptRA].
370
371 * The 99-default.link file we ship by default (that defines the policy
372 for all network devices to which no other .link file applies) now
373 lists "mac" among AlternativeNamesPolicy=. This means that network
374 interfaces will now by default gain an additional MAC-address based
375 alternative device name. (i.e. enx…)
376
377 systemd-nspawn:
378
379 * systemd-nspawn now provides a /run/systemd/nspawn/unix-export/
380 directory where the container payload can expose AF_UNIX sockets to
381 allow them them to be accessed from outside.
382
383 * systemd-nspawn will tint the terminal background for containers in a
384 blueish color. This can be controller with the new --background=
385 switch.
386
387 * systemd-nspawn gained support for the 'owneridmap' option for --bind=
388 mounts to map the target directory owner from inside the container to
389 the owner of the directory bound from the host filesystem.
390
391 * systemd-nspawn now supports moving Wi-Fi network devices into a
392 container, just like other network interfaces.
393
394 systemd-resolved:
395
396 * systemd-resolved now reads RFC 8914 EDE error codes provided by
397 upstream DNS services.
398
399 * systemd-resolved and resolvectl now support RFC 9460 SVCB and HTTPS
400 records, as well as RFC 2915 NAPTR records.
401
402 * resolvectl gained a new option --relax-single-label= to allow
403 querying single-label hostnames via unicast DNS on a per-query basis.
404
405 * systemd-resolved's Varlink IPC interface now supports resolving
406 DNS-SD services as well as an API for resolving raw DNS RRs.
407
408 * systemd-resolved's .dnssd DNS_SD service description files now
409 support DNS-SD "subtypes" via the new SubType= setting.
410
411 * systemd-resolved's configuration may now be reloaded without
412 restarting the service. (i.e. "systemctl reload systemd-resolved" is
413 now supported)
414
415 SSH Integration:
416
417 * An sshd config drop-in to allow ssh keys acquired via userdbctl (for
418 example expose by homed accounts) to be used for authorization of
419 incoming SSH connections.
420
421 * A small new unit generator "systemd-ssh-generator" has been added. It
422 checks if the sshd binary is installed. If so, it binds it via
423 per-connection socket activation to various sockets depending on the
424 execution context:
425
426 • If the system is run in a VM providing AF_VSOCK support, it
427 automatically binds sshd to AF_VSOCK port 22.
428
429 • If the system is invoked as a full-OS container and the container
430 manager pre-mounts a directory /run/host/unix-export/, it will
431 bind sshd to an AF_UNIX socket /run/host/unix-export/ssh. The
432 idea is the container manager bind mounts the directory to an
433 appropriate place on the host as well, so that the AF_UNIX socket
434 may be used to easily connect from the host to the container.
435
436 • sshd is also bound to an AF_UNIX socket
437 /run/ssh-unix-local/socket, which may be to use ssh/sftp in a
438 "sudo"-like fashion to access resources of other local users.
439
440 • Via the kernel command line option "systemd.ssh_listen=" and the
441 system credential "ssh.listen" sshd may be bound to additional,
442 explicitly configured options, including AF_INET/AF_INET6 ports.
443
444 In particular the first two mechanisms should make dealing with local
445 VMs and full OS containers a lot easier, as SSH connections will
446 *just* *work* from the host – even if no networking is available
447 whatsoever.
448
449 systemd-ssh-generator optionally generates a per-connection
450 socket activation service file wrapping sshd. This is only done if
451 the distribution does not provide one on its own under the name
452 "sshd@.service". The generated unit only works correctly if the SSH
453 privilege separation ("privsep") directory exists. Unfortunately
454 distributions vary wildly where they place this directory. An
455 incomprehensive list:
456
457 • /usr/share/empty.sshd/ (new fedora)
458 • /var/empty/
459 • /var/empty/sshd/
460 • /run/sshd/ (debian/ubuntu?)
461
462 If the SSH privsep directory is placed below /var/ or /run/ care
463 needs to be taken that the directory is created automatically at boot
464 if needed, since these directories possibly or always come up
465 empty. This can be done via a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in. You may use the
466 "sshdprivsepdir" meson option provided by systemd to configure the
467 directory, in case you want systemd to create the directory as needed
468 automatically, if your distribution does not cover this natively.
469
470 Recommendations to distributions, in order to make things just work:
471
472 • Please provide a per-connection SSH service file under the name
473 "sshd@.service".
474
475 • Please move the SSH privsep dir into /usr/ (so that it is truly
476 immutable on image-based operating systems, is strictly under
477 package manager control, and never requires recreation if the
478 system boots up with an empty /run/ or /var/).
479
480 • As an extension of this: please consider following Fedora's lead
481 here, and use /usr/share/empty.sshd/ to minimize needless
482 differences between distributions.
483
484 • If your distribution insists on placing the directory in /var/ or
485 /run/ then please at least provide a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in to
486 recreate it automatically at boot, so that the sshd binary just
487 works, regardless in which context it is called.
488
489 * A small tool "systemd-ssh-proxy" has been added, which is supposed to
490 act as counterpart to "systemd-ssh-generator". It's a small plug-in
491 for the SSH client (via ProxyCommand/ProxyUseFdpass) to allow it to
492 connect to AF_VSOCK or AF_UNIX sockets. Example: "ssh vsock/4711"
493 connects to a local VM with cid 4711, or "ssh
494 unix/run/ssh-unix-local/socket" to connect to the local host via the
495 AF_UNIX socket /run/ssh-unix-local/socket.
496
497 systemd-boot and systemd-stub and Related Tools:
498
499 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from systemd-stub.
500 TPM 1.2 is obsolete and – due to the (by today's standards) weak
501 cryptographic algorithms it only supports – does not actually provide
502 the security benefits it's supposed to provide. Given that the rest
503 of systemd's codebase never supported TPM 1.2, the support has now
504 been removed from systemd-stub as well.
505
506 * systemd-stub will now measure its payload via the new EFI
507 Confidential Computing APIs (CC), in addition to the pre-existing
508 measurements to TPM.
509
510 * confexts are loaded by systemd-stub from the ESP as well.
511
512 * kernel-install gained support for --root= for the 'list' verb.
513
514 * bootctl now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run as a
515 daemon via a template unit.
516
517 * systemd-measure gained new options --certificate=, --private-key=,
518 and --private-key-source= to allow using OpenSSL's "engines" or
519 "providers" as the signing mechanism to use when creating signed
520 TPM2 PCR measurement values.
521
522 * ukify gained support for signing of PCR signatures via OpenSSL's
523 engines and providers.
524
525 * ukify now supports zboot kernels.
526
527 * systemd-boot now supports passing additional kernel command line
528 switches to invoked kernels via an SMBIOS Type #11 string
529 "io.systemd.boot.kernel-cmdline-extra". This is similar to the
530 pre-existing support for this in systemd-stub, but also applies to
531 Type #1 Boot Loader Specification Entries.
532
533 * systemd-boot's automatic SecureBoot enrollment support gained support
534 for enrolling "dbx" too (Previously, only db/KEK/PK enrollment was
535 supported). It also now supports UEFI "Custom" mode.
536
537 * The pcrlock policy is saved in an unencrypted credential file
538 "pcrlock.<entry-token>.cred" under XBOOTLDR/ESP in the
539 /loader/credentials/ directory. It will be picked up at boot by
540 systemd-stub and passed to the initrd, where it can be used to unlock
541 the root file system.
542
543 * systemd-pcrlock gained an --entry-token= option to configure the
544 entry-token.
545
546 * systemd-pcrlock now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run
547 as a daemon via a template unit.
548
549 * systemd-pcrlock's TPM nvindex access policy has been modified, this
550 means that previous pcrlock policies stored in nvindexes are
551 invalidated. They must be removed (systemd-pcrlock remove-policy) and
552 recreated (systemd-pcrlock make-policy). For the time being
553 systemd-pcrlock remains an experimental feature, but it is expected
554 to become stable in the next release, i.e. v257.
555
556 * systemd-pcrlock's --recovery-pin= switch now takes three values:
557 "hide", "show", "query". If "show" is selected the automatically
558 generated recovery PIN is shown to the user. If "query" is selected
559 then the PIN is queried from the user.
560
561 * sd-stub gained support for the new ".ucode" PE section in UKIs, that
562 may contain CPU microcode data. When control is handed over to the
563 Linux kernel this data is prepended to the set of initrds passed.
564
565 systemd-run/run0:
566
567 * systemd-run is now a multi-call binary. When invoked as 'run0', it
568 provides as interface similar to 'sudo', with all arguments starting
569 at the first non-option parameter being treated the command to invoke
570 as root. Unlike 'sudo' and similar tools, it does not make use of
571 setuid binaries or other privilege escalation methods, but instead
572 runs the specified command as a transient unit, which is started by
573 the system service manager, so privileges are dropped, rather than
574 gained, thus implementing a much more robust and safe security
575 model. As usual, authorization is managed via Polkit.
576
577 * systemd-run/run0 will now tint the terminal background on supported
578 terminals: in a reddish tone when invoking a root service, in a
579 yellowish tone otherwise. This may be controlled and turned off via
580 the new --background= switch.
581
582 * systemd-run gained a new option '--ignore-failure' to suppress
583 command failures.
584
585 Command-line tools:
586
587 * 'systemctl edit --stdin' allows creation of unit files and drop-ins
588 with contents supplied via standard input. This is useful when creating
589 configuration programmatically; the tool takes care of figuring out
590 the file name, creating any directories, and reloading the manager
591 afterwards.
592
593 * 'systemctl disable --now' and 'systemctl mask --now' now work
594 correctly with template units.
595
596 * 'systemd-analyze architectures' lists known CPU architectures.
597
598 * 'systemd-analyze --json=…' is supported for 'architectures',
599 'capability', 'exit-status'.
600
601 * 'systemd-tmpfiles --purge' will purge (remove) all files and
602 directories created via tmpfiles.d configuration.
603
604 * systemd-id128 gained new options --no-pager, --no-legend, and
605 -j/--json=.
606
607 * hostnamectl gained '-j' as shortcut for '--json=pretty' or
608 '--json=short'.
609
610 * loginctl now supports -j/--json=.
611
612 * resolvectl now supports -j/--json= for --type=.
613
614 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new option --dry-run to print what would be
615 done without actually taking action.
616
617 * varlinkctl gained a new --collect switch to collect all responses of
618 a method call that supports multiple replies and turns it into a
619 single JSON array.
620
621 * systemd-dissect gained a new --make-archive option to generate an
622 archive file (tar.gz and similar) from a disk image.
623
624 systemd-vmspawn:
625
626 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --firmware= option to configure or list
627 firmware definitions for Qemu, a new --tpm= option to enable or
628 disable the use of a software TPM, a new --linux= option to specify a
629 kernel binary for direct kernel boot, a new --initrd= option to
630 specify an initrd for direct kernel boot, a new -D/--directory option
631 to use a plain directory as the root file system, a new
632 --private-users option similar to the one in systemd-nspawn, new
633 options --bind= and --bind-ro= to bind part of the host's file system
634 hierarchy into the guest, a new --extra-drive= option to attach
635 additional storage, and -n/--network-tap/--network-user-mode to
636 configure networking.
637
638 * A new systemd-vmspawn@.service can be used to launch systemd-vmspawn
639 as a service.
640
641 * systemd-vmspawn gained the new --console= and --background= switches
642 that control how to interact with the VM. As before, by default an
643 interactive terminal interface is provided, but now with a background
644 tinted with a greenish hue.
645
646 * systemd-vmspawn can now register its VMs with systemd-machined,
647 controlled via the --register= switch.
648
649 * machinectl's start command (and related) can now invoke images either
650 as containers via `systemd-nspawn` (switch is --runner=nspawn, the
651 default) or as VMs via `systemd-vmspawn` (switch is --runner=vmspawn,
652 or short -V).
653
654 * systemd-vmspawn now supports two switches --pass-ssh-key= and
655 --ssh-key-type= to optionally set up transient SSH keys to pass to the
656 invoked VMs in order to be able to SSH into them once booted.
657
658 * systemd-vmspawn will now enable various "HyperV enlightenments" and
659 the "VM Generation ID" on the VMs.
660
661 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_VMSPAWN_QEMU_EXTRA may carry
662 additional qemu command line options to pass to qemu.
663
664 systemd-repart:
665
666 * systemd-repart gained new options --generate-fstab= and
667 --generate-crypttab= to write out fstab and crypttab files matching the
668 generated partitions.
669
670 * systemd-repart gained a new option --private-key-source= to allow
671 using OpenSSL's "engines" or "providers" as the signing mechanism to
672 use when creating verity signature partitions.
673
674 * systemd-repart gained a new DefaultSubvolume= setting in repart.d/
675 drop-ins that allow configuring the default btrfs subvolume for newly
676 formatted btrfs file systems.
677
678 Libraries:
679
680 * libsystemd gained new call sd_bus_creds_new_from_pidfd() to get a
681 credentials object for a pidfd and sd_bus_creds_get_pidfd_dup() to
682 retrieve the pidfd from a credentials object.
683
684 * sd-bus' credentials logic will now also acquire peer's UNIX group
685 lists and peer's pidfd if supported and requested.
686
687 * RPM macro %_kernel_install_dir has been added with the path
688 to the directory for kernel-install plugins.
689
690 * The liblz4, libzstd, liblzma, libkmod, libgcrypt dependencies have
691 been changed from regular shared library dependencies into dlopen()
692 based ones.
693
694 * The sd-journal API gained a new call
695 sd_journal_stream_fd_with_namespace() which is just like
696 sd_journal_stream_fd() but creates a log stream targeted at a
697 specific log namespace.
698
699 * The sd-id128 API gained a new API call
700 sd_id128_get_invocation_app_specific() for acquiring an app-specific
701 ID that is derived from the service invocation ID.
702
703 * The sd-event API gained a new API call
704 sd_event_source_get_inotify_path() that returns the file system path
705 an inotify event source was created for.
706
707 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll:
708
709 * The device node argument to systemd-cryptenroll is now optional. If
710 omitted it will be derived automatically from the backing block
711 device of /var/ (which quite likely is the same as the root file
712 system, hence effectively means if you don't specify things otherwise
713 the tool will now default to enrolling a key into the root file
714 system's LUKS device).
715
716 * systemd-cryptenroll can now enroll directly with a PKCS11 public key
717 (instead of a certificate).
718
719 * systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll now may lock a disk against a
720 PKCS#11 provided EC key (before it only supported RSA).
721
722 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for crypttab option
723 link-volume-key= to link the volume key into the kernel keyring when
724 the volume is opened.
725
726 * systemd-cryptenroll will no longer enable Dictionary Attack
727 Protection (i.e. turn on NO_DA) for TPM enrollments that do not
728 involve a PIN. DA should not be necessary in that case (since key
729 entropy is high enough to make this unnecessary), but risks
730 accidental lock-out in case of unexpected PCR changes.
731
732 * systemd-cryptenroll now supports enrolling a new slot while unlocking
733 the old slot via TPM2 (previously unlocking only worked via password
734 or FIDO2).
735
736 Documentation:
737
738 * The remaining documentation that was on
739 https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/ has been moved to
740 https://systemd.io/.
741
742 * A new text describing the VM integration interfaces of systemd has
743 been added:
744
745 https://systemd.io/VM_INTERFACE
746
747 * The sd_notify() man page has gained examples with C and Python code
748 that shows how to implement the interface in those languages without
749 involving libsystemd.
750
751 systemd-homed, systemd-logind, systemd-userdbd:
752
753 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking of home directories when logging
754 in via SSH. Previously home directories needed to be unlocked before
755 an SSH login is attempted.
756
757 * JSON User Records have been extended with a separate public storage
758 area called "User Record Blob Directories". This is intended to store
759 the user's background image, avatar picture, and other similar items
760 which are too large to fit into the User Record itself.
761
762 systemd-homed, userdbctl, and homectl gained support for blob
763 directories. homectl gained --avatar= and --login-background= to
764 control two specific items of the blob directories.
765
766 * A new "additionalLanguages" field has been added to JSON user records
767 (as supported by systemd-homed and systemd-userdbd), which is closely
768 related to the pre-existing "preferredLanguage", and allows
769 specifying multiple additional languages for the user account. It is
770 used to initialize the $LANGUAGES environment variable when used.
771
772 * A new pair of "preferredSessionType" and "preferredSessionLauncher"
773 fields have been added to JSON user records, that may be used to
774 control which kind of desktop session to preferable activate on
775 logins of the user.
776
777 * homectl gained a new verb 'firstboot', and a new
778 systemd-homed-firstboot.service unit uses this verb to create users
779 in a first boot environment, either from system credentials or by
780 querying interactively.
781
782 * systemd-logind now supports a new "background-light" session class
783 which does not pull in the user@.service unit. This is intended in
784 particular for lighter weight per-user cron jobs which do require any
785 per-user service manager to be around.
786
787 * The per-user service manager will now be tracked as a distinct "manager"
788 session type among logind sessions of each user.
789
790 * homectl now supports an --offline mode, by which certain account
791 properties can be changed without unlocking the home directory.
792
793 * systemd-logind gained a new
794 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.ListSessionsEx() method that provides
795 additional metadata compared to ListSessions(). loginctl makes use of
796 this to list additional fields in list-sessions.
797
798 * systemd-logind gained a new org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.Sleep()
799 method that automatically redirects to SuspendThenHibernate(),
800 Suspend(), HybridSleep(), or Hibernate(), depending on what is
801 supported and configured, a new configuration setting SleepOperation=,
802 and an accompanying helper method
803 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.CanSleep() and property
804 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.SleepOperation.
805
806 'systemctl sleep' calls the new method to automatically put the
807 machine to sleep in the most appropriate way.
808
809 Credential Management:
810
811 * systemd-creds now provides a Varlink IPC API for encrypting and
812 decrypting credentials.
813
814 * systemd-creds' "tpm2-absent" key selection has been renamed to
815 "null", since that's what it actually does: "encrypt" and "sign"
816 with a fixed null key. --with-key=null should only be used in very
817 specific cases, as it provides zero integrity or confidentiality
818 protections. (i.e. it's only safe to use as fallback in environments
819 lacking both a TPM and access to the root fs to use the host
820 encryption key, or when integrity is provided some other way.)
821
822 * systemd-creds gained a new switch --allow-null. If specified, the
823 "decrypt" verb will decode encrypted credentials that use the "null"
824 key (by default this is refused, since using the "null" key defeats
825 the authenticated encryption normally done).
826
827 Suspend & Hibernate:
828
829 * The sleep.conf configuration file gained a new MemorySleepMode=
830 setting for configuring the sleep mode in more detail.
831
832 * A tiny new service systemd-hibernate-clear.service has been added
833 which clears hibernation information from the HibernateLocation EFI
834 variable, in case the resume device is gone. Normally, this variable
835 is supposed to be cleaned up by the code that initiates the resume
836 from hibernation image. But when the device is missing and that code
837 doesn't run, this service will now do the necessary work, ensuring
838 that no outdated hibernation image information remains on subsequent
839 boots.
840
841 Unprivileged User Namespaces & Mounts:
842
843 * A small new service systemd-nsresourced.service has been added. It
844 provides a Varlink IPC API that assigns a free, transiently allocated
845 64K UID/GID range to an uninitialized user namespace a client
846 provides. It may be used to implement unprivileged container managers
847 and other programs that need dynamic user ID ranges. It also provides
848 interfaces to then delegate mount file descriptors, control groups
849 and network interfaces to user namespaces set up this way.
850
851 * A small new service systemd-mountfsd.service has been added. It
852 provides a Varlink IPC API for mounting DDI images, and returning a set
853 of mount file descriptors for it. If a user namespace fd is provided
854 as input, then the mounts are registered with the user namespace. To
855 ensure trust in the image it must provide Verity information (or
856 alternatively interactive polkit authentication is required).
857
858 * The systemd-dissect tool now can access DDIs fully unprivileged by
859 using systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
860
861 * If the service manager runs unprivileged (i.e. systemd --user) it now
862 supports RootImage= for accessing DDI images, also implemented via
863 the systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
864
865 * systemd-nspawn may now operate without privileges, if a suitable DDI
866 is provided via --image=, again implemented via
867 systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
868
869 Other:
870
871 * timedatectl and machinectl gained option '-P', an alias for
872 '--value --property=…'.
873
874 * Various tools that pretty-print config files will now highlight
875 configuration directives.
876
877 * varlinkctl gained support for the "ssh:" transport. This requires
878 OpenSSH 9.4 or newer.
879
880 * systemd-sysext gained support for enabling system extensions in
881 mutable fashion, where a writeable upperdir is stored under
882 /var/lib/extensions.mutable/, and a new --mutable= option to
883 configure this behaviour. An "ephemeral" mode is not also supported
884 where the mutable layer is configured to be a tmpfs that is
885 automatically released when the system extensions are reattached.
886
887 * Coredumps are now retained for two weeks by default (instead of three
888 days, as before).
889
890 * portablectl --copy= parameter gained a new 'mixed' argument, that will
891 result in resources owned by the OS (e.g.: portable profiles) to be linked
892 but resources owned by the portable image (e.g.: the unit files and the
893 images themselves) to be copied.
894
895 * systemd will now register MIME types for various of its file types
896 (e.g. journal files, DDIs, encrypted credentials …) via the XDG
897 shared-mime-info infrastructure. (Files of these types will thus be
898 recognized as their own thing in desktop file managers such as GNOME
899 Files.)
900
901 * systemd-dissect will now show the detected sector size of a given DDI
902 in its default output.
903
904 * systemd-portabled now generates recognizable structured log messages
905 whenever a portable service is attached or detached.
906
907 * Verity signature checking in userspace (i.e. checking against
908 /etc/verity.d/ keys) when activating DDIs can now be turned on/off
909 via a kernel command line option systemd.allow_userspace_verity= and
910 an environment variable SYSTEMD_ALLOW_USERSPACE_VERITY=.
911
912 * ext4/xfs file system quota handling has been reworked, so that
913 quotacheck and quotaon are now invoked as per-file-system templated
914 services (as opposed to single system-wide singletons), similar in
915 style to the fsck, growfs, pcrfs logic. This means file systems with
916 quota enabled can now be reasonably enabled at runtime of the system,
917 not just at boot.
918
919 * "systemd-analyze dot" will now also show BindsTo= dependencies.
920
921 * systemd-debug-generator gained the ability add in arbitrary units
922 based on them being passed in via system credentials.
923
924 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.default_debug_tty= can be
925 used to specify the TTY for the debug shell, independently of
926 enabling or disabling it.
927
928 * portablectl gained a new --clean switch that clears a portable
929 service's data (cache, logs, state, runtime, fdstore) when detaching
930 it.
931
932 Contributions from: A S Alam, AKHIL KUMAR,
933 Abraham Samuel Adekunle, Adrian Vovk, Adrian Wannenmacher,
934 Alan Liang, Alberto Planas, Alexander Zavyalov, Anders Jonsson,
935 Andika Triwidada, Andres Beltran, Andrew Sayers,
936 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arthur Zamarin, Artur Pak, AtariDreams,
937 Benjamin Franzke, Bernhard M. Wiedemann, Black-Hole1, Bryan Jacobs,
938 Burak Gerz, Carlos Garnacho, Chandra Pratap, Chris Simons,
939 Christian Wesselhoeft, Clayton Craft, Colin Geniet, Colin Walters,
940 Costa Tsaousis, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
941 Damien Challet, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, David Venhoek,
942 Diego Viola, Dionna Amalie Glaze, Dmitry Konishchev,
943 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eisuke Kawashima, Eli Schwartz,
944 Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Daigle, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
945 Felix Riemann, Fernando Fernandez Mancera, Florian Schmaus,
946 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Friedrich Altheide,
947 Gabríel Arthúr Pétursson, Gaël Donval, Georges Basile Stavracas Neto,
948 Gerd Hoffmann, GNOME Foundation, Guido Leenders,
949 Guilhem Lettron, Göran Uddeborg, Hans de Goede, Harald Brinkmann,
950 Heinrich Schuchardt, Henry Li, Holger Assmann, Ivan Kruglov,
951 Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Sitnicki, James Muir, Jan Engelhardt,
952 Jan Macku, Jeff King, JmbFountain, Joakim Nohlgård,
953 Jonathan Conder, Julius Alexandre, Jörg Behrmann, Keian, Kirk,
954 Kristian Klausen, Krzesimir Nowak, Lars Ellenberg,
955 Lennart Poettering, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Lukáš Nykrýn,
956 Luna Jernberg, Luxiter, Maanya Goenka, Mariano Giménez,
957 Markus Merklinger, Martin Ivicic, Martin Srebotnjak,
958 Martin Trigaux, Martin Wilck, Matt Layher, Matt Muggeridge,
959 Matteo Croce, Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Max Staudt, MaxHearnden,
960 Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert,
961 Mike Yuan, Mikko Ylinen, MkfsSion, MrSmör, Nandakumar Raghavan,
962 Nick Cao, Nick Rosbrook, Norbert Lange, Ole Peder Brandtzæg,
963 Ondrej Kozina, Oğuz Ersen, Pablo Méndez Hernández,
964 Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, QuonXF, Rafaël Kooi, Raito Bezarius,
965 Rasmus Villemoes, Reid Wahl, Renjaya Raga Zenta, Richard Maw,
966 Roland Hieber, Ronan Pigott, Rose, Ross Burton, Sam Leonard,
967 Samuel BF, Sarvajith Adyanthaya, Sergei Zhmylev, Sergey A, Shulhan,
968 SidhuRupinder, Simon Fowler, Sludge, Stuart Hayhurst, Susant Sahani,
969 Takashi Sakamoto, Temuri Doghonadze, Thilo Fromm, Thomas Blume,
970 TobiPeterG, Tobias Fleig, Tomáš Pecka, Topi Miettinen,
971 Tycho Andersen, Unique-Usman, Usman Akinyemi, Vasiliy Kovalev,
972 Vasiliy Stelmachenok, Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vitaly Kuznetsov,
973 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Stoiakin, Werner Sembach, Will Springer,
974 Winterhuman, Xiaotian Wu, Yu Watanabe, Yuri Chornoivan,
975 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmyeir, aslepykh, chenjiayi,
976 cpackham-atlnz, cunshunxia, djantti, hfavisado, hulkoba, ksaleem,
977 medusalix, mille-feuille, mkubiak, mooo, msizanoen, networkException,
978 nl6720, r-vdp, runiq, sam-leonard-ct, samuelvw01, sharad3001, sushmbha,
979 wangyuhang, zzywysm, İ. Ensar Gülşen, Łukasz Stelmach,
980 Štěpán Němec, 我超厉害, 김인수
981
982 — Happy Place, 2024-04-XX
983
984 CHANGES WITH 255:
985
986 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
987
988 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
989 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
990 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
991 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
992 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
993
994 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
995 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
996 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
997 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
998 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
999 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
1000
1001 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
1002 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
1003 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
1004 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
1005
1006 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
1007 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
1008 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
1009 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
1010 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
1011 user feedback.
1012
1013 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
1014 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
1015 release to be enabled by default.
1016
1017 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
1018
1019 Transitions between real systems should be done with
1020 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
1021
1022 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
1023 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
1024 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
1025 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
1026
1027 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
1028 and is now disabled.
1029
1030 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
1031 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
1032 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
1033 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
1034 the 'suspend' disk mode.
1035
1036 Service Manager:
1037
1038 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
1039 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
1040 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
1041 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
1042 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
1043 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
1044 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
1045 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
1046 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
1047 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
1048 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
1049 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
1050 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
1051 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
1052 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
1053 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
1054 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
1055 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
1056 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
1057
1058 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
1059 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
1060 and reliability.
1061
1062 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
1063 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
1064 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
1065 survive a soft-reboot operation.
1066
1067 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
1068 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
1069 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
1070 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
1071 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
1072 do that via portable services instead.
1073
1074 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
1075 confexts images/directories.
1076
1077 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
1078 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
1079 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
1080 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
1081 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
1082 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
1083 systemd environment.
1084
1085 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
1086 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
1087 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
1088 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
1089 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
1090 "--boot" switch.
1091
1092 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
1093 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
1094
1095 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
1096 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
1097
1098 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
1099 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
1100 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
1101 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
1102
1103 * Socket units now support a new pair of
1104 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
1105 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
1106 will be considered within a time window.
1107
1108 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
1109 the processes they should include.
1110
1111 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
1112 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
1113
1114 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
1115 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
1116 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
1117
1118 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
1119 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
1120 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
1121 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
1122 "systemctl status" output, if available.
1123
1124 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1125
1126 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
1127 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
1128
1129 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
1130 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
1131 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
1132
1133 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
1134 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
1135 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
1136 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
1137 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
1138
1139 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
1140 internal-only executable.
1141
1142 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
1143 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
1144 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
1145 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
1146 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
1147 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
1148
1149 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
1150 systemd-pcrextend.
1151
1152 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
1153 which PCR to measure into.
1154
1155 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
1156 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
1157 logging on demand.
1158
1159 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
1160 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
1161 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
1162 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
1163
1164 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
1165 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
1166 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
1167 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
1168 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
1169 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
1170 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
1171 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
1172 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
1173 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
1174 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
1175 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
1176 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
1177 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
1178 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
1179 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
1180 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
1181 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
1182 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
1183 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
1184 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
1185
1186 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1187
1188 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
1189 status output.
1190
1191 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
1192 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
1193 needed.
1194
1195 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
1196 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
1197 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
1198
1199 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
1200 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
1201 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
1202 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
1203 keyboard).
1204
1205 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
1206 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
1207 including the hotkey.
1208
1209 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
1210 PCR 5.
1211
1212 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
1213 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
1214 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
1215
1216 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
1217 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
1218 kernel command-line addons.
1219
1220 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
1221 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
1222 SecureBoot enabled.
1223
1224 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
1225 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
1226
1227 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
1228
1229 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
1230 print the contents of the well-known sections.
1231
1232 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
1233 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
1234
1235 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
1236 trees.
1237
1238 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
1239 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
1240
1241 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
1242 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
1243 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
1244 find to the ESP.
1245
1246 systemd-repart:
1247
1248 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
1249 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
1250 systemd-repart algorithm.
1251
1252 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
1253 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
1254
1255 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
1256 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
1257 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
1258
1259 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
1260 seed value.
1261
1262 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
1263 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
1264
1265 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
1266 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
1267 btrfs subvolumes.
1268
1269 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
1270 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
1271 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
1272
1273 Journal:
1274
1275 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
1276 entries instead of the newest.
1277
1278 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
1279 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
1280 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
1281
1282 Device Management:
1283
1284 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1285 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
1286 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
1287 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
1288 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
1289 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
1290 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
1291 device name the caller ended up with.
1292
1293 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1294 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
1295 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
1296 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
1297 available to be found via that file's inode information.
1298
1299 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
1300 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
1301 already implements.
1302
1303 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
1304 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
1305 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
1306 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
1307 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
1308 scheme.
1309
1310 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
1311 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
1312 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
1313 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
1314 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
1315 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
1316 configuration by default.
1317
1318 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
1319 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
1320 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
1321
1322 Network Management:
1323
1324 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
1325 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
1326 anyone.
1327
1328 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
1329 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
1330 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
1331 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
1332 will be changed by the update.
1333
1334 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
1335 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
1336 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
1337 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
1338
1339 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
1340 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
1341
1342 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
1343 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
1344
1345 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
1346 (RFC8925).
1347
1348 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
1349 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
1350 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
1351
1352 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
1353 including lease information.
1354
1355 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
1356
1357 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
1358 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
1359
1360 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
1361 to configure a per-route hop limit.
1362
1363 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
1364 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
1365 timeout.
1366
1367 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
1368 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
1369 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
1370 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
1371 indirection of NFT set types.
1372
1373 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
1374 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
1375
1376 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
1377 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
1378 HomeAgentPreference=.
1379
1380 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
1381 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
1382 advertisements (RFC8781).
1383
1384 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
1385 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
1386 command line.
1387
1388 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
1389 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
1390 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
1391 files.
1392
1393 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
1394 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
1395 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
1396 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
1397
1398 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
1399 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
1400 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
1401 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
1402 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
1403 similar logic.
1404
1405 systemctl:
1406
1407 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
1408 specified.
1409
1410 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
1411 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
1412
1413 Login management:
1414
1415 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
1416 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
1417
1418 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
1419 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
1420 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
1421 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
1422 executed.
1423
1424 Hibernation & Suspend:
1425
1426 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
1427 hibernation.
1428
1429 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
1430 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
1431 systems.)
1432
1433 Other:
1434
1435 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
1436 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
1437 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
1438 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
1439 interface is subject to change.
1440
1441 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
1442 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
1443 Requires=, and similar properties.
1444
1445 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
1446 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
1447 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1448 subject to change.
1449
1450 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
1451 at io.systemd.sysext.
1452
1453 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
1454
1455 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
1456
1457 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
1458 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
1459
1460 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
1461 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
1462 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
1463 comments and whitespace.
1464
1465 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
1466 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
1467 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
1468
1469 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
1470 property changes.
1471
1472 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
1473 as-is.
1474
1475 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
1476
1477 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
1478 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
1479
1480 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
1481 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
1482
1483 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
1484 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
1485 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
1486 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
1487 Wallet when autologin is configured.
1488
1489 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
1490 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
1491
1492 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
1493 configuration files with default values are installed to.
1494
1495 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
1496 were first introduced in.
1497
1498 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
1499 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
1500 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
1501 suppsoed to be booted into via
1502 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
1503 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
1504 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
1505 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
1506 subject to change.
1507
1508 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
1509 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
1510 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1511 subject to change.
1512
1513 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
1514 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
1515 operates on for the invoked process.
1516
1517 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
1518 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
1519 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
1520
1521 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
1522 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
1523 the user specified an unrecognized one.
1524
1525 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
1526 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
1527 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
1528 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
1529 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
1530 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
1531
1532 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
1533 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
1534
1535 * New documentation has been added:
1536
1537 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
1538 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
1539 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
1540
1541 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
1542 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
1543 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
1544 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
1545
1546 * The sd-device API gained a new function
1547 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
1548 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
1549 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
1550 matches of which one one needs to apply.
1551
1552 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
1553 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
1554 environment variable.
1555
1556 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
1557 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
1558 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
1559
1560 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
1561 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
1562 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
1563 units on upgrades.
1564
1565 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
1566
1567 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
1568 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
1569 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1570 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
1571 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
1572 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
1573 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
1574 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
1575 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
1576 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
1577 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1578 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
1579 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
1580 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
1581 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
1582 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
1583 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
1584 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
1585 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
1586 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
1587 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
1588 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
1589 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
1590 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
1591 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
1592 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
1593 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
1594 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
1595 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
1596 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
1597 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
1598 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
1599 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
1600 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
1601 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
1602 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
1603 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
1604 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
1605 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
1606 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1607
1608 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
1609
1610 CHANGES WITH 254:
1611
1612 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1613
1614 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
1615 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
1616 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
1617 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
1618 details, see:
1619 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1620
1621 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
1622 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
1623 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
1624 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
1625 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
1626 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
1627
1628 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
1629 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
1630 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
1631 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
1632
1633 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
1634 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
1635 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
1636 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
1637 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
1638 user feedback.
1639
1640 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
1641 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
1642 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
1643
1644 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
1645 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
1646
1647 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
1648 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
1649 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
1650 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
1651 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
1652 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
1653
1654 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1655 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
1656 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
1657 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
1658 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
1659 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
1660 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1661
1662 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
1663 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
1664 release to be enabled by default.
1665
1666 Security Relevant Changes:
1667
1668 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
1669 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
1670 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
1671 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
1672 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
1673 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
1674 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
1675 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
1676 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
1677 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
1678 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
1679 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
1680 users.
1681
1682 Service Manager:
1683
1684 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
1685 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
1686 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
1687 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
1688 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
1689 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
1690
1691 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
1692 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
1693 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
1694 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
1695 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
1696 via the new --kill-value= option.
1697
1698 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
1699 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
1700 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
1701
1702 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
1703 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
1704 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
1705 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
1706
1707 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
1708 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
1709 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
1710
1711 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
1712 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
1713 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
1714 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
1715 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
1716 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
1717 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
1718 guest.
1719
1720 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
1721 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
1722 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
1723 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
1724 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
1725 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
1726
1727 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
1728 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
1729 intervals for Restart=.
1730
1731 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
1732 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
1733 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
1734 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
1735 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
1736 service state has converged.
1737
1738 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
1739 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
1740 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
1741
1742 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
1743 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
1744 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
1745
1746 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
1747 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
1748 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
1749 the service manager.
1750
1751 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
1752 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
1753 store enabled.
1754
1755 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
1756 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
1757 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
1758 the service has been fully stopped.
1759
1760 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
1761 a service.
1762
1763 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
1764 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
1765 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
1766
1767 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
1768 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
1769 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
1770 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
1771 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
1772 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
1773 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
1774 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
1775 now handled by PID 1.
1776
1777 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
1778 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
1779 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
1780 dependencies.
1781
1782 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
1783 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
1784 a unit is enabled.
1785
1786 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
1787 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
1788 the default timeout for .device units.
1789
1790 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
1791 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
1792 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
1793 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
1794 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
1795 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
1796 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
1797 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
1798 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
1799 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
1800 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
1801 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
1802 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
1803 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
1804 command.
1805
1806 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
1807 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
1808 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
1809 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
1810 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
1811 root filesystem.
1812
1813 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
1814 same-page merging individually for services.
1815
1816 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
1817 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
1818 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
1819
1820 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
1821 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
1822 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
1823 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
1824 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
1825
1826 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
1827 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
1828 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
1829 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
1830
1831 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
1832 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
1833 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
1834 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
1835 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
1836 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
1837 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
1838 too.
1839
1840 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
1841 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
1842 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
1843 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
1844 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
1845 world-readable from userspace.
1846
1847 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
1848 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
1849 machine ID was set yet on the host.
1850
1851 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
1852 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
1853 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
1854 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
1855 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
1856 way.
1857
1858 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
1859 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
1860 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
1861 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
1862 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
1863 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
1864 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
1865 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
1866 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
1867 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
1868 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
1869 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
1870 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
1871 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
1872 untrusted in this particular setting.
1873
1874 Journal:
1875
1876 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
1877 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
1878 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
1879 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
1880 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
1881
1882 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
1883 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
1884 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
1885
1886 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
1887 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
1888
1889 systemd-repart:
1890
1891 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
1892 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
1893
1894 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
1895 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
1896
1897 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
1898 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
1899 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
1900 devices and device mapper or not.
1901
1902 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
1903 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
1904 ext4.
1905
1906 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
1907 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
1908 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
1909 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
1910 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
1911
1912 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
1913 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
1914 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
1915
1916 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1917
1918 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
1919 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
1920 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
1921
1922 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
1923 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
1924 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
1925 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
1926 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
1927 running OS.
1928
1929 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
1930 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
1931 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
1932 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
1933 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
1934 TPM PCR 12.
1935
1936 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
1937 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
1938 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
1939 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
1940
1941 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
1942 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
1943 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
1944 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
1945 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
1946 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
1947 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
1948 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
1949 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
1950 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
1951 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
1952 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
1953 well.
1954
1955 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
1956 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
1957
1958 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
1959 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
1960 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
1961 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
1962
1963 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
1964 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
1965 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
1966 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
1967 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
1968 of the same name.
1969
1970 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
1971 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
1972 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
1973 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
1974 built and signed by the vendor.)
1975
1976 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
1977 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
1978
1979 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
1980 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1981
1982 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1983 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1984 software-emulated).
1985
1986 Memory Pressure & Control:
1987
1988 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1989 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1990 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1991 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1992 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1993 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1994 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1995 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1996 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1997 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1998 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1999 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
2000 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
2001 from this.
2002
2003 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
2004 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
2005 logic individually. If these options are used, the
2006 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
2007 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
2008 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
2009 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
2010
2011 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
2012 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
2013 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
2014 call requires privileges.
2015
2016 User & Session Management:
2017
2018 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
2019 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
2020 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
2021 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
2022 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
2023 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
2024 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
2025
2026 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
2027 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
2028 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
2029 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
2030 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
2031
2032 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
2033 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
2034 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
2035 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
2036 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
2037 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
2038 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
2039
2040 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
2041 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
2042 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
2043 for which a TTY is added later.
2044
2045 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
2046 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
2047 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
2048 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
2049 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
2050 be specified.
2051
2052 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
2053 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
2054 also show the current idle state of sessions.
2055
2056 DDIs:
2057
2058 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
2059 inspected DDI.
2060
2061 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
2062 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
2063 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
2064 information and all other DDI features.
2065
2066 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
2067
2068 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
2069 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
2070 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
2071 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
2072
2073 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
2074 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
2075 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
2076 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
2077 impact.
2078
2079 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
2080 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
2081 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
2082 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
2083 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
2084 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
2085 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
2086 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
2087 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
2088 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
2089 disk images a service runs off.
2090
2091 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
2092 parse image policy strings.
2093
2094 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
2095 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
2096 image policy allows the DDI.
2097
2098 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
2099 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
2100 large images.
2101
2102 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
2103 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
2104
2105 Network Management:
2106
2107 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
2108 InheritInnerProtocol=.
2109
2110 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
2111 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
2112
2113 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
2114 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
2115 name.
2116
2117 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
2118 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
2119 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
2120 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
2121 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
2122
2123 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
2124 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
2125
2126 Device Management:
2127
2128 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
2129 offline.
2130
2131 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
2132 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
2133 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
2134
2135 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
2136
2137 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
2138 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
2139 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
2140 recommendations of TCG (see
2141 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
2142
2143 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
2144 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
2145
2146 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
2147 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
2148 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
2149 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
2150 volume.
2151
2152 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
2153 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
2154 of veracrypt volumes.
2155
2156 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
2157 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
2158 direct) for the volume.
2159
2160 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
2161 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
2162
2163 systemd-tmpfiles:
2164
2165 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
2166 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
2167 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
2168 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
2169
2170 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
2171 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
2172 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
2173 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
2174 target tree and those copied in.
2175
2176 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
2177 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
2178
2179 systemd-notify:
2180
2181 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
2182 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
2183 explicit name for it).
2184
2185 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
2186 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
2187 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
2188 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
2189 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
2190
2191 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
2192
2193 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
2194 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
2195 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
2196
2197 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
2198 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
2199 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
2200 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
2201 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
2202 purposes.
2203
2204 systemd-resolved:
2205
2206 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
2207 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
2208 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
2209 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
2210 more resilient in case of network problems.
2211
2212 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
2213 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
2214 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
2215
2216 Other:
2217
2218 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
2219
2220 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
2221 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
2222
2223 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
2224 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
2225 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
2226 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
2227 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
2228 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
2229 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
2230 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
2231
2232 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
2233 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
2234 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
2235 .network, .netdev, .link files.
2236
2237 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
2238 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
2239 Landlock.
2240
2241 * New documentation has been added:
2242
2243 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
2244 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
2245 smbios-type-11(7)
2246
2247 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
2248 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
2249
2250 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
2251 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
2252 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
2253 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
2254 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
2255 images into a single immutable tree.
2256
2257 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
2258 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
2259 network interface inside the container.
2260
2261 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
2262 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
2263 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
2264 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
2265 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
2266 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
2267 status to the host, similar to local processes.
2268
2269 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
2270 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
2271 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
2272 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
2273 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
2274 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
2275 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
2276 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
2277
2278 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
2279 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
2280 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
2281 mode.
2282
2283 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
2284 mount options by default.
2285
2286 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
2287 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
2288 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
2289 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
2290 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
2291 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
2292 lines to apply at boot.
2293
2294 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
2295 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
2296 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
2297 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
2298
2299 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
2300 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
2301 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
2302
2303 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
2304 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
2305 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
2306 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
2307 directories are automatically discovered.
2308
2309 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
2310 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
2311 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
2312 suspend or hibernation.
2313
2314 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
2315 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
2316 the OS.
2317
2318 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
2319 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
2320 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
2321 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
2322 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
2323
2324 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
2325 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
2326 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
2327
2328 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
2329 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
2330 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
2331 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
2332 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
2333 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
2334 systemd.battery_check=0 through the kernel command line.
2335
2336 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
2337 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
2338
2339 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
2340 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
2341 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2342 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
2343 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
2344 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
2345 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
2346 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
2347 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
2348 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
2349 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
2350 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
2351 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
2352 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
2353 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
2354 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
2355 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
2356 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
2357 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
2358 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
2359 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
2360 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
2361 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
2362 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
2363 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
2364 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
2365 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
2366 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
2367 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
2368 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
2369 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
2370 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
2371 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
2372 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
2373 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
2374 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
2375 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
2376 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
2377 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
2378 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
2379 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
2380 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
2381 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
2382 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
2383 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
2384 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
2385 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
2386 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2387
2388 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
2389
2390 CHANGES WITH 253:
2391
2392 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
2393
2394 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2395 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2396 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2397 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2398 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2399 userspace has been ported over already.
2400
2401 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2402 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2403 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2404 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2405 For more details, see:
2406 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2407
2408 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
2409 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
2410 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
2411 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
2412 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
2413 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
2414 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
2415 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
2416 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
2417 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
2418 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
2419 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
2420 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
2421 later this year. For more details, see:
2422 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
2423
2424 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
2425
2426 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
2427 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
2428 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
2429 environment is not fully supported.
2430
2431 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
2432 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
2433 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
2434
2435 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
2436 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
2437
2438 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
2439 of newline-separated JSON objects.
2440
2441 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
2442 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
2443 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
2444 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
2445 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
2446 no effect for most users.
2447
2448 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
2449 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
2450 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
2451 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
2452 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
2453 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
2454 manager is also enabled and used.
2455
2456 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
2457 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
2458 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
2459 option.
2460
2461 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
2462 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
2463 integer as parameter instead of a string.
2464
2465 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
2466 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
2467 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
2468 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
2469 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
2470 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
2471 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
2472 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
2473 support and fixes.
2474
2475 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
2476 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
2477 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
2478 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
2479 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
2480 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
2481
2482 New components:
2483
2484 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
2485 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
2486 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
2487 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
2488 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
2489 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
2490 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
2491 image.
2492
2493 Changes in systemd and units:
2494
2495 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
2496 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
2497 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
2498 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
2499 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
2500 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
2501 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
2502
2503 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
2504 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
2505
2506 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
2507 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
2508 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
2509 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
2510 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
2511
2512 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
2513 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
2514 used).
2515
2516 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
2517 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
2518 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
2519 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
2520 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
2521 from units.
2522
2523 * The manager has a new
2524 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
2525 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
2526 PID recycling issues.
2527
2528 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
2529 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
2530 terminating some processes in the scope.
2531
2532 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
2533 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
2534
2535 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
2536 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
2537 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
2538 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
2539 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
2540 request is received over D-Bus.
2541
2542 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
2543 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
2544 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
2545 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
2546 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
2547
2548 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
2549 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
2550 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
2551 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
2552 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
2553 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
2554 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
2555 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
2556
2557 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
2558 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
2559 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
2560 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
2561 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
2562 socket.
2563
2564 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
2565 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
2566 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
2567 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
2568
2569 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
2570 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
2571 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
2572 Defaults to 5.
2573
2574 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
2575 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
2576
2577 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
2578 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
2579 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
2580 user units respectively.
2581
2582 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
2583 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
2584 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
2585 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
2586 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
2587 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
2588 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
2589 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
2590 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
2591 are used.)
2592
2593 Changes in udev:
2594
2595 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
2596 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
2597 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
2598 in some embedded systems.
2599
2600 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
2601 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
2602
2603 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
2604 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
2605 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
2606 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
2607
2608 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
2609 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
2610
2611 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
2612 that are being renamed.
2613
2614 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2615
2616 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
2617 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
2618 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
2619 started.
2620
2621 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
2622 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
2623 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
2624 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
2625
2626 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
2627 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
2628 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
2629 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
2630
2631 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
2632 field-separated hashing scheme.
2633
2634 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
2635 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
2636 used.
2637
2638 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
2639 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
2640 into the firmware.
2641
2642 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
2643 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
2644 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
2645 behaviour.
2646
2647 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
2648 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
2649 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
2650 a virtual machine.
2651
2652 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
2653 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
2654 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
2655 boot load at all.
2656
2657 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
2658 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
2659 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
2660
2661 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
2662 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
2663 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
2664 UKIs.
2665
2666 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
2667 as for kernel-install.
2668
2669 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
2670 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
2671 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
2672
2673 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
2674 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
2675
2676 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
2677 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
2678 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
2679 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
2680 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
2681 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
2682
2683 Changes in kernel-install:
2684
2685 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
2686 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
2687 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
2688 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
2689 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
2690 separately.
2691
2692 Changes in systemctl:
2693
2694 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
2695 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
2696 --reboot-argument= option instead.
2697
2698 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
2699 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
2700 silences this warning.
2701
2702 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
2703 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
2704 used.)
2705
2706 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
2707
2708 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
2709
2710 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
2711 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
2712 comments.
2713
2714 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
2715
2716 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
2717 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
2718 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
2719 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
2720 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
2721 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
2722 of the raw socket bypass.
2723
2724 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
2725 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
2726 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
2727 advertisements (RAs).
2728
2729 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
2730 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
2731 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
2732
2733 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
2734 interface names.
2735
2736 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
2737 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
2738 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
2739 It is enabled by default.
2740
2741 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
2742 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
2743 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
2744
2745 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
2746
2747 Changes in systemd-dissect:
2748
2749 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
2750 all files and directories in a DDI.
2751
2752 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
2753 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
2754
2755 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
2756 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
2757 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
2758 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
2759
2760 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
2761 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
2762 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
2763 disk images.
2764
2765 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
2766 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
2767
2768 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
2769 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
2770
2771 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
2772 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
2773 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
2774 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
2775 system busy.
2776
2777 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
2778 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
2779 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
2780 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
2781 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
2782 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
2783 size among the other DDI information in its output.
2784
2785 Changes in systemd-repart:
2786
2787 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
2788 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
2789 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
2790 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
2791 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
2792 hash of the root partition).
2793
2794 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
2795 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
2796 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
2797 populating it.
2798
2799 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
2800 sector size should be used when an image is created.
2801
2802 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
2803 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
2804
2805 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
2806 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
2807 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
2808
2809 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
2810 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
2811 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
2812 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
2813 available.)
2814
2815 Changes in journal tools:
2816
2817 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
2818 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
2819 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
2820 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
2821 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
2822 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
2823
2824 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
2825 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
2826 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
2827 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
2828 installation scripts.
2829
2830 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
2831 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
2832 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
2833
2834 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
2835 components:
2836
2837 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
2838 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
2839 password was strictly required to be specified.
2840
2841 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
2842 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
2843 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
2844 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
2845 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
2846
2847 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
2848 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
2849 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
2850 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
2851 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2852
2853 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
2854 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
2855
2856 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
2857 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
2858 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
2859 specified via root=.
2860
2861 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
2862 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
2863 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
2864 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
2865 these switches during early boot.
2866
2867 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
2868 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
2869
2870 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
2871 making it harder to brute-force.
2872
2873 Changes in other tools:
2874
2875 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
2876 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
2877
2878 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
2879 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
2880 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
2881 systemd-homed formats a file system.
2882
2883 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
2884 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
2885 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
2886 unprivileged code to access those values.
2887
2888 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
2889 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
2890 this to show the status of the installed system.
2891
2892 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
2893 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
2894 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
2895 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
2896
2897 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
2898 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
2899 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
2900 synchronization via NTP.
2901
2902 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
2903 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
2904 increases in subsequent boots.
2905
2906 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
2907 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
2908 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
2909 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
2910
2911 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
2912 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
2913 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
2914 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
2915 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
2916 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
2917 standard location.
2918
2919 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
2920 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
2921 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
2922
2923 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
2924 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
2925 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
2926 127.0.0.54 is returned.
2927
2928 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
2929 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
2930 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
2931 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
2932
2933 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
2934 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
2935 --no-legend options have been added.
2936
2937 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
2938 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
2939
2940 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
2941 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
2942
2943 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
2944
2945 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
2946 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
2947 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
2948 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
2949 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
2950 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
2951
2952 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
2953 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
2954 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
2955 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
2956
2957 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
2958
2959 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
2960 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
2961
2962 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
2963 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
2964 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
2965 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
2966 does not need the output value.
2967
2968 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
2969 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
2970 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
2971 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
2972 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
2973 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
2974
2975 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
2976 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2977 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2978 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
2979 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2980
2981 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2982 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2983 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2984
2985 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2986 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2987 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2988 environment.
2989
2990 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2991 virtualization is now detected.
2992
2993 Changes in the build system:
2994
2995 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2996 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2997
2998 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2999 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
3000 supply.
3001
3002 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
3003
3004 Changes in the documentation:
3005
3006 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
3007 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
3008 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
3009
3010 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
3011 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
3012 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
3013 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
3014 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
3015 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
3016 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
3017 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
3018 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
3019 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
3020 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
3021 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
3022 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
3023 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
3024 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
3025 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
3026 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
3027 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
3028 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
3029 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
3030 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
3031 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
3032 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
3033 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
3034 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
3035 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
3036 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
3037 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
3038 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
3039 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3040 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
3041 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
3042 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
3043 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
3044 наб
3045
3046 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
3047
3048 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
3049
3050 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
3051
3052 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
3053 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
3054 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
3055 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
3056 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
3057 userspace has been ported over already.
3058
3059 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
3060 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
3061 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
3062 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
3063 For more details, see:
3064 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
3065
3066 Compatibility Breaks:
3067
3068 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
3069 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
3070 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
3071 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
3072 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
3073 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
3074 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
3075 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
3076 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
3077 change.
3078
3079 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
3080 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
3081 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
3082 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
3083 already have been updated or removed.
3084
3085 New Features:
3086
3087 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
3088 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
3089 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
3090 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
3091 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
3092 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
3093 kernel.
3094
3095 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
3096 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
3097 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
3098 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
3099 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
3100 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
3101 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
3102 the booted UKI to gain access.
3103
3104 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
3105 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
3106 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
3107 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
3108 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
3109 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
3110
3111 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
3112 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
3113 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
3114 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
3115 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
3116 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
3117 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
3118 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
3119
3120 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
3121 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
3122 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
3123 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
3124 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
3125 initrd, but not later.)
3126
3127 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
3128
3129 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
3130 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
3131 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
3132 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
3133 the CPU.
3134
3135 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
3136 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
3137 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
3138 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
3139 release.
3140
3141 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
3142
3143 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
3144 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
3145 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
3146
3147 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
3148 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
3149 provided.
3150
3151 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
3152
3153 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3154 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
3155 file.
3156
3157 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3158 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
3159 activate.
3160
3161 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
3162 configured.
3163
3164 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
3165 SMBIOS fields. For example
3166
3167 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
3168
3169 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
3170 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
3171 quotes).
3172
3173 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
3174 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
3175 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
3176
3177 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
3178 associated service unit, if any.
3179
3180 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
3181 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
3182 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
3183 unsealed only in the initrd.
3184
3185 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
3186 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
3187
3188 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
3189 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
3190 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
3191 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
3192 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
3193 the host system as expected.
3194
3195 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
3196 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
3197 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
3198 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
3199
3200 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
3201 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
3202 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
3203
3204 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
3205 unmounted lazily.
3206
3207 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
3208 of file systems.
3209
3210 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
3211 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
3212 in the future.
3213
3214 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
3215 activating.
3216
3217 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
3218 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
3219 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
3220 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
3221
3222 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
3223 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
3224
3225 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
3226 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
3227 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
3228 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
3229 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
3230 than for behaviour decisions.
3231
3232 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
3233 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
3234
3235 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
3236 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
3237 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
3238
3239 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
3240
3241 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
3242 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
3243 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
3244 the main specification.
3245
3246 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
3247 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
3248 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
3249 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
3250
3251 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
3252 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
3253 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
3254
3255 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
3256 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
3257
3258 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
3259 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
3260 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
3261 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
3262 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
3263 the stub was executed.
3264
3265 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
3266 is now supported by sd-boot.
3267
3268 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
3269 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
3270 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
3271 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
3272 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
3273
3274 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
3275 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
3276
3277 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
3278 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
3279 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
3280 to detect and warn about this.
3281
3282 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
3283 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
3284 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
3285
3286 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
3287 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
3288 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
3289 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
3290
3291 Changes in the hardware database:
3292
3293 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
3294
3295 Changes in systemctl:
3296
3297 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
3298 and 'status' verbs.
3299
3300 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
3301 points.
3302
3303 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
3304 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
3305 which operates relative to some directory).
3306
3307 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3308
3309 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
3310 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
3311
3312 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
3313 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
3314
3315 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
3316 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
3317
3318 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
3319 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
3320 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
3321 interface is being serviced.
3322
3323 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
3324
3325 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
3326
3327 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
3328
3329 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
3330 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
3331 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
3332
3333 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3334
3335 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
3336 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
3337 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
3338 restarted at any point.
3339
3340 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
3341 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
3342 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
3343 any clients connected to this socket.
3344
3345 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
3346
3347 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
3348 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
3349 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
3350
3351 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
3352 is still supported.)
3353
3354 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
3355
3356 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
3357 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
3358 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
3359 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
3360 string arrays).
3361
3362 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
3363 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
3364 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
3365 object.
3366
3367 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
3368 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
3369 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
3370
3371 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
3372 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
3373 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
3374
3375 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
3376 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
3377 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
3378
3379 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
3380 database given an explicit path to the file.
3381
3382 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
3383 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
3384 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
3385 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
3386 manually.
3387
3388 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
3389 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
3390 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
3391
3392 Changes in other components:
3393
3394 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
3395 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
3396
3397 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
3398 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
3399 'dpkg --compare-versions').
3400
3401 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
3402 names to limit the output to matching units.
3403
3404 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
3405 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
3406 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
3407 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
3408
3409 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
3410 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
3411 already exists.
3412
3413 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
3414 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
3415 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
3416
3417 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
3418 lines.
3419
3420 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
3421 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
3422
3423 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
3424 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
3425
3426 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
3427 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
3428
3429 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
3430 user when their system will become unsupported.
3431
3432 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
3433 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
3434 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
3435 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
3436
3437 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
3438 setting is unknown to the kernel.
3439
3440 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
3441 verbs.
3442
3443 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
3444 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
3445
3446 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
3447 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
3448 time delta between subsequent messages.
3449
3450 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
3451 of journal files.
3452
3453 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
3454 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
3455 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
3456
3457 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
3458 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
3459 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
3460 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
3461 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
3462 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
3463 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
3464
3465 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
3466 combination with --scope.
3467
3468 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
3469 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
3470 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
3471 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
3472 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
3473 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
3474 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
3475 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
3476 appropriate.
3477
3478 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
3479 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
3480 symlink.
3481
3482 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
3483 too.
3484
3485 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
3486 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
3487 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
3488 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
3489 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
3490
3491 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
3492 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
3493
3494 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
3495 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
3496 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
3497 split dm-verity artifacts.
3498
3499 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
3500 signatures.
3501
3502 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
3503 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
3504
3505 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
3506
3507 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
3508 now more compact.
3509
3510 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
3511
3512 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
3513
3514 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
3515 killed.
3516
3517 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
3518
3519 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
3520 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
3521
3522 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
3523 session after a preconfigure timeout.
3524
3525 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
3526 rather than indefinitely.
3527
3528 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
3529 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
3530 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
3531
3532 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
3533 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
3534 build can be reproducible.
3535
3536 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
3537 --initialized=no.
3538
3539 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
3540 "alias" fields for the device.
3541
3542 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
3543 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
3544
3545 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
3546
3547 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
3548 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
3549
3550 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
3551 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
3552 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
3553 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
3554 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
3555 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
3556 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
3557 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
3558 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
3559 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
3560
3561 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
3562
3563 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
3564 graphic cards.
3565
3566 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
3567 device is used as a keyfile.
3568
3569 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
3570 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
3571 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
3572 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
3573
3574 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
3575 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
3576 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
3577
3578 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
3579 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
3580
3581 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
3582 to MIT-0.
3583
3584 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
3585 /etc/machine-id.
3586
3587 Experimental features:
3588
3589 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
3590 and bpftool >= 7.0).
3591
3592 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
3593 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
3594 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
3595 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
3596 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
3597
3598 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
3599 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
3600 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
3601 tandem with the kernel.
3602
3603 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
3604 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
3605 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
3606 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
3607 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
3608 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
3609 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
3610 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
3611 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
3612 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
3613 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
3614 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
3615 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
3616 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
3617 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
3618 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
3619 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
3620 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
3621 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
3622 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
3623 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
3624 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
3625 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
3626 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
3627 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
3628 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
3629 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
3630 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
3631 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
3632 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3633 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
3634 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
3635 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3636 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
3637 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3638 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
3639 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
3640 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
3641 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
3642 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
3643 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
3644 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
3645 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
3646 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
3647 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3648 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
3649 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
3650 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
3651
3652 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
3653
3654 CHANGES WITH 251:
3655
3656 Backwards-incompatible changes:
3657
3658 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
3659 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
3660
3661 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
3662 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
3663
3664 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
3665 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
3666 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
3667 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
3668 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
3669 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
3670
3671 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
3672 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
3673 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
3674
3675 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
3676 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
3677 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
3678 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
3679 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
3680 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
3681 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
3682
3683 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
3684 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
3685 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
3686 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
3687 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
3688 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
3689 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
3690 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
3691 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
3692 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
3693 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
3694 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
3695 systems, there should be no visible changes.
3696
3697 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
3698 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
3699 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
3700 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
3701 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
3702 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
3703 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
3704 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
3705 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
3706 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
3707 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
3708 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
3709
3710 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
3711 of pcap.
3712
3713 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
3714 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
3715 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
3716 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
3717
3718 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
3719
3720 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
3721 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
3722 It is apparently used by the linker now.
3723
3724 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
3725 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
3726 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
3727
3728 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
3729 to account for this change.
3730
3731 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
3732 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
3733 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
3734
3735 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
3736
3737 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3738 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
3739 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
3740 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
3741 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
3742 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
3743 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
3744 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
3745 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
3746 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
3747 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
3748 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
3749 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
3750 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
3751 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
3752 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
3753
3754 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
3755 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
3756 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
3757 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
3758 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
3759
3760 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
3761 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
3762 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
3763 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
3764 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
3765 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
3766
3767 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
3768 systemd-boot boot loader.
3769
3770 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
3771 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
3772 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
3773 allows choosing different initrd generators.
3774
3775 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
3776 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3777 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
3778 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
3779 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
3780 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
3781 prepared successfully.
3782
3783 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
3784 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
3785 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
3786 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
3787 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
3788 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
3789
3790 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
3791 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
3792 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
3793 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
3794
3795 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
3796 paths and other settings used.
3797
3798 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
3799 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
3800 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
3801
3802 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
3803 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
3804 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
3805 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
3806 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
3807
3808 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
3809 menu entries in JSON format.
3810
3811 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
3812 omit output with the new option --quiet.
3813
3814 Changes in systemd-homed:
3815
3816 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
3817 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
3818 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
3819 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
3820 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
3821 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
3822 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
3823 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
3824 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
3825 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
3826 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
3827 uses, see:
3828
3829 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
3830
3831 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
3832 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
3833 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
3834 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
3835 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
3836 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
3837 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
3838 context of the local system.
3839
3840 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
3841 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
3842 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
3843 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
3844 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
3845 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
3846 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
3847 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
3848 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
3849
3850 Changes in shared libraries:
3851
3852 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
3853 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
3854 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
3855 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
3856
3857 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
3858 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
3859 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
3860 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
3861 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
3862 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
3863 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
3864 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
3865 the library.
3866
3867 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
3868 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
3869 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
3870
3871 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
3872 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
3873 object from a device node name or file system path.
3874
3875 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
3876 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
3877 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
3878 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
3879 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
3880 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
3881 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
3882 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
3883
3884 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
3885
3886 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
3887 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
3888 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
3889 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
3890 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
3891 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
3892
3893 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
3894 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
3895 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
3896 disk image files.)
3897
3898 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
3899
3900 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
3901 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
3902 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
3903 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
3904 manager.
3905
3906 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
3907
3908 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
3909 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
3910 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
3911
3912 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
3913 systemd-oomd.
3914
3915 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
3916 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
3917 unit files.
3918
3919 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
3920 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
3921
3922 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
3923 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
3924
3925 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
3926 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
3927 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
3928 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
3929 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
3930 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
3931 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
3932 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
3933
3934 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
3935 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
3936 Condition*= settings.
3937
3938 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
3939 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
3940
3941 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
3942 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
3943 assign to each cgroup.
3944
3945 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
3946 devices and the associated governor, via the new
3947 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
3948 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3949
3950 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
3951 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
3952
3953 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
3954 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
3955 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
3956
3957 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
3958 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
3959 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
3960 range
3961
3962 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
3963 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
3964 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
3965 been completed.
3966
3967 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
3968 environment variables set describing the execution context a
3969 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
3970 system service manager, or from the per-user service
3971 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
3972 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
3973 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
3974 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
3975 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
3976 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
3977 kernel is built for.
3978
3979 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
3980 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3981 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3982 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3983 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3984 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3985 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3986 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3987 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3988 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3989 this way can be turned off via the new
3990 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3991
3992 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3993 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3994 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3995 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3996 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3997 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3998 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3999 up automatically.
4000
4001 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
4002 document:
4003
4004 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
4005
4006 Changes in systemd-journald:
4007
4008 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
4009 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
4010
4011 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
4012
4013 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
4014 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
4015
4016 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
4017 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
4018
4019 Changes in udev:
4020
4021 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
4022 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
4023 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
4024 default.
4025
4026 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
4027 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
4028
4029 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
4030 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
4031
4032 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
4033 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
4034 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
4035 initialized yet, respectively.
4036
4037 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
4038 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
4039 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
4040 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
4041 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
4042
4043 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
4044 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
4045 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
4046 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
4047
4048 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
4049 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
4050
4051 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
4052 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
4053
4054 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
4055 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
4056 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
4057 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
4058 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
4059 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
4060 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
4061 the one in the symlink path.
4062
4063 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
4064
4065 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
4066 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
4067 only supported in .network files.
4068
4069 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
4070 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
4071
4072 Changes in systemd-networkd:
4073
4074 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
4075 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
4076 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
4077 still honored.
4078
4079 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
4080 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
4081 up.
4082
4083 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
4084 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
4085
4086 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
4087 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
4088
4089 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
4090 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
4091
4092 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
4093
4094 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
4095 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
4096 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
4097 address.
4098
4099 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
4100 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
4101 mode).
4102
4103 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
4104 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
4105
4106 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
4107 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
4108 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
4109 PXE boot).
4110
4111 Changes in systemd-resolved:
4112
4113 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
4114 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
4115 there.
4116
4117 Changes in disk encryption:
4118
4119 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
4120 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
4121 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
4122
4123 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
4124
4125 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
4126 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
4127 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
4128
4129 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
4130 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
4131 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
4132
4133 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
4134
4135 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
4136 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
4137
4138 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
4139 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
4140 hostnamed.
4141
4142 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
4143 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
4144 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
4145 firmware version of the system.
4146
4147 Changes in other components:
4148
4149 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
4150 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
4151 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
4152 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
4153 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
4154
4155 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
4156 list of known users.
4157
4158 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
4159 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
4160 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
4161
4162 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
4163 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
4164
4165 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
4166 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
4167 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
4168 a device found.
4169
4170 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
4171 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
4172 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
4173 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
4174 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
4175 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
4176 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
4177
4178 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
4179 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
4180 $TERM).
4181
4182 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
4183 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
4184 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
4185 $ meson build systemd-boot
4186 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
4187 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
4188
4189 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
4190 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
4191 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
4192 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
4193 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
4194
4195 Experimental features:
4196
4197 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
4198 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
4199 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
4200 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
4201 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
4202 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
4203 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
4204 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
4205 compatibility with the current implementation.
4206
4207 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
4208 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
4209 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
4210 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
4211
4212 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4213 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
4214 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
4215 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4216 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
4217 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
4218 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
4219 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
4220 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
4221 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
4222 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4223 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
4224 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
4225 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
4226 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4227 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
4228 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
4229 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
4230 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
4231 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
4232 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
4233 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
4234 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
4235 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
4236 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
4237 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
4238 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
4239 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
4240 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
4241 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
4242 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
4243 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
4244 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
4245 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
4246 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
4247 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
4248 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
4249
4250 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
4251
4252 CHANGES WITH 250:
4253
4254 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
4255 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
4256 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
4257 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
4258 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
4259 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
4260 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
4261 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
4262 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
4263 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
4264 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
4265
4266 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
4267 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
4268 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
4269 installation or hardware.
4270
4271 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
4272 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
4273
4274 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
4275 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
4276 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
4277 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
4278 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
4279 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
4280 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
4281
4282 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
4283 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
4284 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
4285 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
4286 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
4287 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
4288 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
4289 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
4290 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
4291 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
4292 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
4293 drop-in file mechanism).
4294
4295 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
4296 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
4297 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
4298 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
4299 service, or attached as system extension.
4300
4301 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
4302 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
4303 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
4304 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
4305 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
4306
4307 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
4308 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
4309 are supported.
4310
4311 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
4312 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
4313 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
4314 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
4315 systemd-binfmtd is running.
4316
4317 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
4318 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
4319 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
4320 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
4321 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
4322 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
4323 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
4324 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
4325 does not trigger any operation by default.
4326
4327 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
4328 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
4329 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
4330 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
4331 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
4332 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
4333 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
4334 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
4335
4336 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
4337 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
4338 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
4339 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
4340 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
4341
4342 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
4343 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
4344 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
4345 request this behavior.
4346
4347 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
4348 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
4349 time-out for the boot.
4350
4351 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
4352 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
4353 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
4354 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
4355 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
4356 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
4357 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
4358 system services or the managers themselves.
4359
4360 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
4361 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
4362 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
4363 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
4364 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
4365 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
4366 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
4367 group handles).
4368
4369 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
4370 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
4371
4372 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
4373 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
4374 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
4375 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
4376 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
4377 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
4378 vs. CPUWeight.
4379
4380 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
4381 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
4382 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
4383 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
4384 during boot and shutdown.
4385
4386 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
4387 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
4388 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
4389 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
4390 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
4391 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
4392
4393 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
4394 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
4395
4396 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
4397 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
4398
4399 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
4400 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
4401
4402 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
4403 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
4404 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
4405 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
4406 variable passed to invoked processes.
4407
4408 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
4409 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
4410 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
4411
4412 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
4413 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
4414 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
4415 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
4416 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
4417 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
4418 names.
4419
4420 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
4421 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
4422 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
4423 dimensions to a virtual machine.
4424
4425 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
4426 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
4427 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
4428 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
4429 cgroup instead.
4430
4431 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
4432 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
4433 mounting the autofs instance.
4434
4435 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
4436 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
4437 during build-time.
4438
4439 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
4440 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
4441 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
4442 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
4443 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
4444 socket units.
4445
4446 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
4447 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
4448 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
4449
4450 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
4451 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
4452 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
4453 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
4454 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
4455 trust as SHA256 banks.
4456
4457 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
4458 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
4459 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
4460 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
4461
4462 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
4463 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
4464 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
4465 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
4466 instead.
4467
4468 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
4469 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
4470 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
4471 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
4472
4473 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
4474 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
4475 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
4476 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
4477 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
4478 root partition.
4479
4480 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
4481 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
4482 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
4483 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
4484 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
4485 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
4486
4487 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
4488 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
4489 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
4490 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
4491 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
4492
4493 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
4494 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
4495
4496 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
4497 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
4498
4499 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
4500 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
4501 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
4502 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
4503 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
4504 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
4505 and how to trigger it.
4506
4507 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
4508 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
4509 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
4510 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
4511 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
4512 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
4513 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
4514 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
4515 batteries.
4516
4517 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
4518 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
4519 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
4520 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
4521 against abnormal system shutdown.
4522
4523 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
4524 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
4525 directory/image instead of on the host.
4526
4527 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
4528 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
4529 actually is.
4530
4531 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
4532 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
4533 or recursively any dependent units.
4534
4535 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
4536 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
4537 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
4538 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
4539 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
4540 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
4541 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
4542 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
4543 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
4544 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
4545 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
4546
4547 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
4548
4549 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
4550 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
4551 "filesystems" commands.
4552
4553 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
4554 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
4555 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
4556 through them.
4557
4558 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
4559 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
4560 including the build-id and other info described on:
4561 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
4562
4563 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
4564 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
4565 interfaces.
4566
4567 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
4568 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
4569
4570 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
4571 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
4572 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
4573 CAN timing quanta.
4574
4575 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
4576 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
4577 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
4578 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
4579 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
4580 CAN interface.
4581
4582 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
4583 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
4584 addresses.
4585
4586 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
4587 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
4588 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
4589
4590 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
4591 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
4592 DHCP 6RD option.
4593
4594 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
4595 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
4596 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
4597
4598 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
4599 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
4600
4601 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
4602 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
4603 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
4604
4605 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
4606 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
4607 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
4608 records.
4609
4610 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
4611 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
4612 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
4613 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
4614 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
4615
4616 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
4617 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
4618 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
4619 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
4620 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
4621 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
4622 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
4623 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
4624
4625 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
4626 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
4627
4628 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
4629 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
4630 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
4631
4632 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
4633 setting to specify the router address.
4634
4635 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
4636 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
4637 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
4638 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
4639
4640 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
4641 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
4642 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
4643 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
4644 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
4645
4646 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
4647 interfaces has been improved.
4648
4649 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
4650 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
4651 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
4652 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
4653
4654 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
4655 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
4656 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
4657
4658 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
4659 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
4660 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
4661
4662 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname_policy=
4663 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
4664 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
4665 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
4666
4667 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
4668 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
4669 hardware supports.
4670
4671 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
4672 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
4673
4674 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
4675 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
4676 that supports this.
4677
4678 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
4679 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
4680 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
4681 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
4682 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
4683 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
4684 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
4685
4686 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
4687 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
4688 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
4689 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
4690 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
4691 the performance win is beneficial.
4692
4693 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
4694 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
4695
4696 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
4697 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
4698 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
4699 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
4700 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
4701 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
4702 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
4703 taken to shift them manually.
4704
4705 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
4706 show the Windows version.
4707
4708 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
4709 build-time.
4710
4711 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
4712 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
4713 resolutions and save the last selection.
4714
4715 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
4716 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
4717 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
4718 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
4719
4720 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
4721 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
4722 items).
4723
4724 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
4725 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
4726 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
4727 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
4728 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
4729
4730 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
4731 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
4732 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
4733
4734 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
4735 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
4736 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
4737 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
4738 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
4739
4740 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
4741 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
4742 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
4743 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
4744 kernel image.
4745
4746 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
4747 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
4748
4749 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
4750 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
4751 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
4752 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
4753 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
4754 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
4755 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
4756 credentials, see above).
4757
4758 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
4759 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
4760 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
4761
4762 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
4763 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
4764 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
4765 Specification Type #2.
4766
4767 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
4768 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
4769 non-x86 architectures.
4770
4771 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
4772 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
4773 or just the subsequent boot).
4774
4775 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
4776 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
4777 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
4778 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
4779 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
4780 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
4781 layout specified in
4782 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
4783 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
4784 values for this variable.
4785
4786 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
4787 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
4788 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
4789 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
4790 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
4791 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
4792 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
4793 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
4794 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
4795 machine-id.
4796
4797 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
4798 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
4799 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
4800 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
4801 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
4802 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
4803 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
4804 without conflict.
4805
4806 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
4807 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
4808 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
4809 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
4810 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
4811 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
4812 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
4813 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
4814 installations that use the bls layout.
4815
4816 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
4817
4818 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
4819 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
4820 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
4821 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
4822 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
4823 attached under a wrong name this way.
4824
4825 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
4826 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
4827 default 'add').
4828
4829 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
4830 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
4831
4832 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
4833 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
4834 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
4835 be accessible to regular users.
4836
4837 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
4838 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
4839 they point (front or back).
4840
4841 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
4842 added to hwdb.
4843
4844 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
4845 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
4846
4847 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
4848 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
4849 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
4850 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
4851 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
4852 sources to introduce new named schemes.
4853
4854 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
4855 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
4856
4857 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
4858 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
4859 support).
4860
4861 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
4862 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
4863 --cgroup-id= switches.)
4864
4865 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
4866 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
4867
4868 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
4869 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
4870 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
4871
4872 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
4873 forked, sandboxed process.
4874
4875 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
4876 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
4877 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
4878 reason it was not tried again.
4879
4880 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
4881 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
4882 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
4883 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
4884 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
4885 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
4886
4887 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
4888 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
4889 homectl switch.
4890
4891 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
4892 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
4893 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
4894 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
4895 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
4896 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
4897 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
4898 system trees is no longer necessary.
4899
4900 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
4901 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
4902 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
4903
4904 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
4905 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
4906 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
4907 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
4908 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
4909 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
4910
4911 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
4912 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
4913 by default.
4914
4915 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
4916 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
4917 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
4918 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
4919 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
4920 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
4921
4922 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
4923 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
4924 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
4925 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
4926 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
4927 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
4928 precisely.
4929
4930 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
4931 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
4932 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
4933 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
4934 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
4935 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
4936 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
4937 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
4938 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
4939
4940 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
4941 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
4942 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
4943 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
4944 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
4945 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
4946 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
4947 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
4948 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
4949 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
4950 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
4951 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
4952
4953 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
4954 to use when outputting user or group records.
4955
4956 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
4957 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
4958 record resolution logic.
4959
4960 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
4961 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
4962 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
4963 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
4964 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
4965 other also configured in the command line.
4966
4967 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
4968 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
4969 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
4970 watch.
4971
4972 * The sd-event API gained a new function
4973 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
4974 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
4975 leaves the rate limiting phase.
4976
4977 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
4978 to port systemd to a new architecture:
4979
4980 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4981
4982 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4983 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4984
4985 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4986 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4987 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4988 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4989 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4990 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4991 shutdown.
4992
4993 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4994 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4995 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4996 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4997 environments.
4998
4999 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
5000 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
5001 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
5002 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
5003 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
5004 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
5005 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
5006 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
5007 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
5008 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
5009 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
5010
5011 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
5012 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
5013 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
5014 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
5015
5016 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
5017 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
5018
5019 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
5020
5021 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
5022 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
5023 appropriate primary group.
5024
5025 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
5026
5027 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
5028
5029 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
5030 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
5031 work.
5032
5033 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
5034 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
5035
5036 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
5037 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
5038
5039 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
5040 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
5041
5042 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
5043 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
5044 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
5045 that have compression enabled.
5046
5047 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
5048 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
5049 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
5050 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
5051
5052 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
5053 messages.
5054
5055 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
5056 corruption.
5057
5058 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
5059 scheduled shutdown.
5060
5061 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
5062 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
5063 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
5064 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
5065
5066 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
5067 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
5068 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
5069 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
5070 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
5071 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
5072 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
5073 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
5074 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
5075 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
5076 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
5077 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
5078 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
5079 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
5080 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
5081 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
5082 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
5083 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
5084 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
5085 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
5086 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
5087 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
5088 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
5089 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
5090 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
5091 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
5092 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
5093 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
5094 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
5095 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
5096 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
5097 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
5098 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
5099 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
5100 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
5101 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
5102 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
5103 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
5104 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
5105 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
5106 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
5107 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
5108 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
5109 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
5110 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5111 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5112
5113 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
5114
5115 CHANGES WITH 249:
5116
5117 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
5118 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
5119 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
5120 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
5121 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
5122 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
5123 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
5124 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
5125 a matching version identifier.
5126
5127 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
5128 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
5129 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
5130 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
5131 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
5132 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
5133 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
5134 during first boot. Example:
5135
5136 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
5137
5138 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
5139 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
5140 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
5141 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
5142 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
5143
5144 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
5145 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
5146 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
5147 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
5148 /etc/).
5149
5150 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
5151 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
5152 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
5153 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
5154
5155 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
5156 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
5157 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
5158 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
5159 systemd-sysusers tools.
5160
5161 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
5162 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
5163 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
5164 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
5165 itself.
5166
5167 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5168 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
5169 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
5170 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
5171 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
5172 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
5173 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
5174 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
5175 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
5176 immediately, even in read-only mode.
5177
5178 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
5179 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
5180 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
5181 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
5182 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
5183
5184 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5185 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
5186 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
5187 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
5188 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
5189
5190 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
5191 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
5192 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
5193 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
5194 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
5195 specifiers.
5196
5197 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
5198 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
5199 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
5200 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
5201
5202 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
5203 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
5204 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
5205 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
5206 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
5207 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
5208 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
5209 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
5210 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
5211 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
5212 information, see:
5213
5214 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
5215
5216 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
5217 (IEEE 1394).
5218
5219 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
5220 backwards-incompatible changes:
5221
5222 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
5223 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
5224 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
5225 number.
5226
5227 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
5228 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
5229 where values up to 65535 are used.
5230
5231 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
5232
5233 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
5234 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming_scheme=v247" kernel
5235 command line parameter.
5236
5237 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
5238 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
5239 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
5240
5241 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
5242 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
5243 the udev device first appeared in the database.
5244
5245 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
5246 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
5247 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
5248 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
5249 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
5250 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
5251 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
5252 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
5253 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
5254 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
5255 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
5256 uevent.
5257
5258 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
5259 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
5260 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
5261 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
5262 index.
5263
5264 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
5265 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
5266 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
5267 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
5268 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
5269 for that official:
5270
5271 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
5272
5273 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
5274 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
5275 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
5276 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
5277 services into them.
5278
5279 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
5280 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
5281 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
5282 available on private domains.
5283
5284 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
5285
5286 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
5287 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
5288 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
5289
5290 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
5291 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
5292 connectivity.
5293
5294 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
5295 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
5296 consider an interface "online".
5297
5298 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
5299 information.
5300
5301 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
5302 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
5303
5304 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
5305 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
5306
5307 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
5308 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
5309 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
5310 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
5311
5312 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
5313 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
5314 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
5315 before.
5316
5317 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
5318 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
5319 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
5320 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
5321
5322 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
5323 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
5324 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
5325
5326 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
5327 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
5328 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
5329 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
5330 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
5331 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
5332 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
5333
5334 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
5335 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
5336 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
5337 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
5338 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
5339 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
5340 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
5341 compatibility.)
5342
5343 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
5344 files.
5345
5346 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
5347 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
5348 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
5349 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
5350
5351 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
5352 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
5353 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
5354 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
5355 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
5356 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
5357
5358 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
5359 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
5360 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
5361 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
5362 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
5363 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
5364 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
5365 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
5366 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
5367 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
5368 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
5369 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
5370 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
5371 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
5372 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
5373
5374 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5375
5376 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
5377 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
5378 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
5379 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
5380 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
5381 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
5382 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
5383
5384 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
5385 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
5386 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
5387 via BPF.
5388
5389 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
5390 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
5391 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
5392 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
5393
5394 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
5395 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
5396 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
5397 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
5398 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
5399 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
5400
5401 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
5402 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
5403 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
5404 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
5405 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
5406 program code that can consume JSON.
5407
5408 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
5409 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
5410
5411 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
5412 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
5413 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
5414 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
5415 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
5416 continue to be supported for compatibility.
5417
5418 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
5419 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
5420
5421 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
5422 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
5423 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
5424 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
5425 level.
5426
5427 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
5428 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
5429 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
5430 Type 1 boot loader entries.
5431
5432 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
5433 may be specified now.
5434
5435 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
5436 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
5437 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
5438 an interactive user is generally not present.
5439
5440 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
5441 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
5442 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
5443 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
5444 asterisks.)
5445
5446 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
5447 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
5448 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
5449 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
5450 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
5451 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
5452 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
5453 used FIDO2 token.
5454
5455 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
5456 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
5457 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
5458 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
5459 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
5460 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
5461 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
5462
5463 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
5464 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
5465 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
5466 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
5467 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
5468 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
5469 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
5470 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
5471 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
5472 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
5473 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
5474 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
5475 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
5476 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
5477 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
5478 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
5479 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
5480 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
5481 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
5482 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
5483 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
5484 privileges on the host).
5485
5486 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
5487 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
5488 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
5489
5490 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
5491 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
5492 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
5493 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
5494 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
5495 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
5496 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
5497 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
5498 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
5499
5500 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
5501 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
5502 user database lookups.
5503
5504 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
5505 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
5506 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
5507 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
5508 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
5509 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
5510 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
5511 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
5512 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
5513 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
5514 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
5515 is trivially simple.
5516
5517 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
5518 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
5519 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
5520 Journal records.
5521
5522 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
5523 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
5524 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
5525 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
5526 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
5527 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
5528 units that are members of a slice.
5529
5530 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
5531 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
5532 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
5533 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
5534
5535 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
5536 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
5537 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
5538 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
5539 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
5540 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
5541
5542 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
5543 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
5544 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
5545 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
5546 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
5547 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
5548 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
5549 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
5550 another unit that intends to uphold it.
5551
5552 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
5553 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
5554
5555 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
5556 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
5557 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
5558
5559 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
5560 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
5561 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
5562 characters literally.
5563
5564 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
5565 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
5566 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
5567 switch.
5568
5569 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
5570 the systemd source code tree:
5571
5572 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
5573
5574 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
5575 the initrd.
5576
5577 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
5578 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
5579 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
5580
5581 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
5582 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
5583 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
5584 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
5585
5586 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
5587 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
5588 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
5589 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
5590 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
5591 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
5592 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
5593 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
5594
5595 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
5596 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
5597
5598 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
5599 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
5600 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
5601 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
5602
5603 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
5604 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
5605 generation.
5606
5607 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
5608 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
5609 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
5610
5611 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
5612 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
5613
5614 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
5615 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
5616 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
5617
5618 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
5619 setting a network timeout time.
5620
5621 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
5622 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
5623 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
5624
5625 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
5626 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
5627 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
5628 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
5629 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
5630 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
5631 that.
5632
5633 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
5634 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
5635 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
5636 events in a short time window.
5637
5638 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
5639 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
5640 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
5641 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
5642 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
5643 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
5644 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
5645 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
5646 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
5647 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
5648 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
5649 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
5650 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
5651 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
5652 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
5653 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
5654 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
5655 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
5656 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
5657 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
5658 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
5659 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
5660 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
5661 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
5662 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
5663 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
5664 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
5665 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
5666 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
5667 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
5668 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
5669
5670 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
5671
5672 CHANGES WITH 248:
5673
5674 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
5675 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
5676 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
5677 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
5678 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
5679 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
5680
5681 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
5682 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
5683 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
5684
5685 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
5686 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
5687 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
5688
5689 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
5690 supported system extension level.
5691
5692 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
5693 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
5694 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
5695 constraints.
5696
5697 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
5698 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
5699 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
5700
5701 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
5702 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
5703 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
5704 similar to /etc/crypttab.
5705
5706 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
5707 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
5708
5709 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
5710 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
5711 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
5712 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
5713 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
5714
5715 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
5716 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
5717 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
5718 user.
5719
5720 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
5721 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
5722 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
5723 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
5724 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
5725 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
5726 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
5727 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
5728
5729 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
5730 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
5731 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
5732 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
5733 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
5734
5735 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
5736 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
5737 D-Bus properties.
5738
5739 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
5740 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
5741 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
5742 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
5743 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
5744 shows this in the status output.
5745
5746 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
5747 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
5748 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
5749 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
5750 the need for configuration in an external file.
5751
5752 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
5753 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
5754 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
5755
5756 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
5757 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
5758 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
5759
5760 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
5761 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
5762 them. See:
5763
5764 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
5765
5766 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
5767
5768 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
5769 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
5770 dependency.
5771
5772 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
5773 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
5774 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
5775
5776 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
5777 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
5778 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
5779 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
5780 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
5781 output and such.
5782
5783 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
5784 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
5785
5786 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
5787 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
5788
5789 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
5790 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
5791 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
5792 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
5793
5794 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
5795 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
5796 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
5797 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
5798
5799 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
5800 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
5801 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
5802
5803 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
5804 IPC namespace.
5805
5806 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
5807 generated from kernel lists exported on
5808 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
5809
5810 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
5811 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
5812 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
5813
5814 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
5815 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
5816 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
5817 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
5818
5819 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
5820 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
5821 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
5822
5823 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
5824 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
5825 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
5826 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
5827
5828 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
5829 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
5830
5831 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
5832 noexec for parts of the file system.
5833
5834 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
5835 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
5836 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
5837 systemctl and similar tools:
5838
5839 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
5840
5841 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
5842 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
5843 the host itself is connected to
5844
5845 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
5846
5847 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
5848 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
5849 parameter: the message to send.
5850
5851 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
5852 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
5853 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
5854
5855 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
5856 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
5857
5858 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
5859 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
5860
5861 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
5862 queue to be configured.
5863
5864 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
5865 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
5866 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
5867
5868 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
5869 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
5870 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
5871 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
5872 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
5873 .network files.
5874
5875 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
5876 switch to select the routing policy table.
5877
5878 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
5879 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
5880
5881 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
5882 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
5883 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
5884 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
5885 added.
5886
5887 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
5888 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
5889
5890 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
5891 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
5892
5893 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
5894 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
5895 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
5896 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
5897
5898 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
5899 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
5900 devices.
5901
5902 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
5903 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
5904 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
5905
5906 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
5907 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
5908 even a single device.
5909
5910 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
5911 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
5912 systems.
5913
5914 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
5915 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
5916
5917 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
5918 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
5919 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
5920 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
5921 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
5922
5923 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
5924 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
5925
5926 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
5927 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
5928 libfprint.
5929
5930 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
5931 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
5932 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
5933 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
5934 the upstream server.
5935
5936 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
5937 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
5938 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
5939 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
5940 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
5941 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
5942 anyway.
5943
5944 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
5945 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
5946 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
5947
5948 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
5949 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
5950 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
5951 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
5952 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
5953 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
5954 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
5955 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
5956 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
5957 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
5958 lookup.
5959
5960 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
5961 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
5962 capabilities passed to the container payload.
5963
5964 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
5965 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
5966 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
5967 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
5968 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
5969 IPv4-only).
5970
5971 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
5972 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
5973 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
5974
5975 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
5976 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
5977
5978 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
5979 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
5980 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5981 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5982 units.
5983
5984 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5985 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5986 operation, but it is still recommended.
5987
5988 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5989 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5990
5991 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5992 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5993
5994 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5995 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5996 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5997
5998 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5999 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
6000 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
6001
6002 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
6003 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
6004 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
6005 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
6006 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
6007 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
6008 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
6009 imported into the manager environment block.
6010
6011 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
6012 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
6013 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
6014
6015 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
6016 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
6017 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
6018 reloaded "↻".
6019
6020 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
6021 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
6022 a simple JSON format.
6023
6024 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
6025 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
6026 process signals and their numbers.
6027
6028 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
6029
6030 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
6031 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
6032
6033 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
6034 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
6035 colors are used in output.
6036
6037 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
6038 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
6039 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
6040 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
6041 disable this output again.
6042
6043 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
6044 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
6045 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
6046 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
6047
6048 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
6049 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
6050 recommended.
6051
6052 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
6053 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
6054 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
6055 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
6056 the keymap file first.
6057
6058 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
6059
6060 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
6061 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
6062 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
6063
6064 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
6065 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
6066 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
6067 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
6068
6069 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
6070 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
6071 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
6072 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
6073 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
6074 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
6075
6076 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
6077 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
6078 headers/legends.
6079
6080 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
6081 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
6082 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
6083 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
6084 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
6085 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
6086 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
6087 operations at a later step at once.
6088
6089 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
6090 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
6091 to regular strings.
6092
6093 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
6094 and measured the boot process into it.
6095
6096 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
6097 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
6098 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
6099 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
6100
6101 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
6102 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
6103 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
6104 it assigns the container a cgroup.
6105
6106 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
6107 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
6108
6109 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
6110 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
6111
6112 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
6113 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
6114 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
6115 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
6116 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
6117 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
6118 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
6119 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
6120 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
6121 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
6122 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
6123 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
6124 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
6125 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
6126 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
6127 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
6128 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
6129 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
6130 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
6131 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
6132 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
6133 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
6134 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
6135 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
6136 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
6137 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
6138 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
6139 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
6140 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
6141 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
6142 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
6143 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
6144 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
6145 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
6146 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
6147 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6148 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6149
6150 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
6151
6152 CHANGES WITH 247:
6153
6154 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
6155 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
6156 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
6157 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
6158 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
6159 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
6160 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
6161 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
6162 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
6163 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
6164 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
6165 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
6166 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
6167 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
6168 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
6169
6170 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
6171 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
6172 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
6173 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
6174 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
6175 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
6176 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
6177 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
6178 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
6179 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
6180 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
6181 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
6182 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
6183 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
6184 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
6185
6186 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
6187 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
6188 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
6189 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
6190 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
6191 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
6192 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
6193 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
6194 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
6195 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
6196
6197 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
6198 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
6199 handle the new events. Specifically:
6200
6201 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
6202 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
6203 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
6204 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
6205 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
6206 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
6207 generated, for all other device types this change is still
6208 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
6209 future kernel uevent type additions).
6210
6211 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
6212 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
6213 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
6214 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
6215 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
6216 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
6217 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
6218 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
6219 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
6220 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
6221 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
6222 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
6223
6224 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
6225 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
6226 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
6227 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
6228 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
6229 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
6230 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
6231 above).
6232
6233 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
6234 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
6235 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
6236 behaviour change.
6237
6238 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
6239 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
6240 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
6241 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
6242 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
6243 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
6244 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
6245 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
6246 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
6247 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
6248 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
6249 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
6250 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
6251 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
6252 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
6253 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
6254 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
6255 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
6256 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
6257 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
6258 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
6259 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
6260 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
6261 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
6262 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
6263 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
6264
6265 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
6266 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
6267 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
6268 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
6269 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
6270
6271 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
6272 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
6273 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
6274 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
6275 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
6276 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
6277 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
6278 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
6279 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
6280 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
6281 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
6282 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
6283 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
6284
6285 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
6286 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
6287 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
6288 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
6289 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
6290 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
6291 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
6292 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
6293 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
6294 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
6295 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
6296 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
6297 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
6298 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
6299 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
6300 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
6301 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
6302 they now are optional during runtime.
6303
6304 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
6305 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
6306 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
6307 which installs absolute timers.
6308
6309 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
6310 mode, which may be controlled via the new
6311 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
6312 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
6313 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
6314 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
6315 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
6316 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
6317 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
6318 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
6319
6320 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
6321 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
6322 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
6323 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
6324 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
6325 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
6326 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
6327 dispatched).
6328
6329 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
6330 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
6331 the RootImage= setting.
6332
6333 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
6334 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
6335 to the service.
6336
6337 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
6338 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
6339 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
6340 different for different units).
6341
6342 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
6343 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
6344 options.
6345
6346 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
6347 --json= switch.
6348
6349 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
6350 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
6351 authentication request.
6352
6353 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
6354 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
6355 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
6356 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
6357 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
6358 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
6359 empty.
6360
6361 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
6362 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
6363 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
6364 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
6365 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
6366 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
6367 image to be applied onto the image.
6368
6369 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
6370 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
6371 in OS disk images.
6372
6373 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
6374 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
6375 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
6376 other output modes.
6377
6378 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
6379 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
6380 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
6381 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
6382
6383 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
6384 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
6385 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
6386 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
6387 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
6388 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
6389 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
6390 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
6391 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
6392 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
6393
6394 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
6395 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
6396 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
6397 recursively to whole subtrees.
6398
6399 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
6400 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
6401 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
6402 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
6403 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
6404 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
6405 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
6406 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
6407
6408 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
6409 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
6410 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
6411 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
6412 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
6413 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
6414 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
6415 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
6416 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
6417 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
6418 system asks for a password.
6419
6420 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
6421 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
6422 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
6423 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
6424 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
6425 up.
6426
6427 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
6428 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
6429 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
6430
6431 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
6432 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
6433 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
6434 virtualization.
6435
6436 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
6437 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
6438 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
6439 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
6440 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
6441 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
6442 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
6443 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
6444 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
6445 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
6446 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
6447 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
6448 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
6449 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
6450 directories:
6451
6452 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
6453
6454 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
6455 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
6456 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
6457
6458 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
6459 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
6460 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
6461 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
6462
6463 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
6464 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
6465
6466 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
6467 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
6468 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
6469 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
6470 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
6471 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
6472 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
6473 applications.
6474
6475 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
6476 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
6477 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
6478 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
6479 build time.
6480
6481 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
6482 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
6483 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
6484 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
6485 system call filter policy.
6486
6487 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
6488 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
6489 filtering is turned off.
6490
6491 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
6492 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
6493 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
6494 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
6495 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
6496 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
6497 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
6498 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
6499 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
6500
6501 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
6502 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
6503 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
6504 exited.
6505
6506 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
6507 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
6508
6509 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
6510 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
6511 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
6512 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
6513 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
6514 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
6515 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
6516 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
6517 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
6518 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
6519 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
6520 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
6521 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
6522 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
6523 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
6524 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
6525 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
6526 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
6527 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
6528 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
6529 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
6530 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
6531
6532 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
6533 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
6534 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
6535 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
6536 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
6537 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
6538 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
6539 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
6540 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
6541 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
6542 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
6543 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
6544 aforementioned service settings.
6545
6546 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
6547 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
6548 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
6549 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
6550 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
6551 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
6552 and populated — there is no time window where they are
6553 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
6554 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
6555 will start from the beginning.
6556
6557 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
6558 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
6559 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
6560 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
6561
6562 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
6563 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
6564 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
6565 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
6566 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
6567 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
6568 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
6569 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
6570 on, including in the initrd.
6571
6572 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
6573 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
6574 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
6575 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
6576
6577 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
6578 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
6579 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
6580 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
6581 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
6582
6583 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
6584 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
6585 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
6586 this property in its status output.
6587
6588 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
6589 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
6590 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
6591 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
6592 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
6593 more similarly to nss-resolve.
6594
6595 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
6596 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
6597 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
6598 ctime.
6599
6600 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
6601 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
6602
6603 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
6604 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
6605 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
6606 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
6607 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
6608 having to rebuild systemd.
6609
6610 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
6611 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
6612 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
6613 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
6614 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
6615 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
6616 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
6617 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
6618
6619 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
6620 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
6621 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
6622 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
6623 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
6624 hardlinks.
6625
6626 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
6627 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
6628 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
6629
6630 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
6631 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
6632 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
6633 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
6634
6635 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
6636 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
6637
6638 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
6639 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
6640 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
6641 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
6642 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
6643
6644 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
6645 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
6646 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
6647 compatibility).
6648
6649 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
6650 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
6651 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
6652 prefix will be assigned.
6653
6654 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
6655 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
6656 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
6657 The setting is enabled by default.
6658
6659 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
6660 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
6661
6662 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
6663 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
6664 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
6665 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
6666 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
6667 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
6668 debuggable.
6669
6670 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
6671 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
6672 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
6673 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
6674
6675 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
6676 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
6677
6678 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
6679 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
6680 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
6681 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
6682 environments where the root file system is
6683 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
6684 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
6685
6686 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
6687 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
6688 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
6689 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
6690 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
6691 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
6692 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
6693 later).
6694
6695 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
6696 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
6697 working with heavily threaded programs.
6698
6699 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
6700 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
6701 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
6702 desirable.
6703
6704 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
6705 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
6706 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
6707 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
6708 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
6709 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
6710
6711 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
6712 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
6713 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
6714 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
6715 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
6716
6717 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
6718 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
6719 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
6720 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
6721 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
6722 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
6723 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
6724 promises.
6725
6726 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
6727 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
6728 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
6729 promises.
6730
6731 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
6732 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
6733 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
6734 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
6735 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
6736 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
6737 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
6738 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
6739 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
6740
6741 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
6742 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
6743 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
6744 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
6745 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
6746 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
6747 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
6748 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
6749 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
6750
6751 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
6752 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
6753 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
6754 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
6755 like this.
6756
6757 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
6758 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
6759 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
6760 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
6761 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
6762 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
6763 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
6764 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
6765 "net.naming_scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
6766
6767 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
6768 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
6769 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
6770 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
6771 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
6772 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
6773 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
6774 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
6775 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
6776 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
6777 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
6778 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
6779 appropriately.
6780
6781 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
6782 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
6783 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
6784 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
6785 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
6786 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
6787
6788 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
6789 contents in commented form in the text editor.
6790
6791 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
6792 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
6793 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
6794 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
6795 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
6796 protections for the different slices in the future.
6797
6798 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
6799 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
6800 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
6801 image dissection logic.
6802
6803 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
6804 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
6805 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
6806 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
6807 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
6808 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6809 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6810 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
6811 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
6812 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
6813 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
6814 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
6815 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
6816 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
6817 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
6818 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
6819 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
6820 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
6821 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
6822 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
6823 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
6824 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
6825 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
6826 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
6827 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
6828 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
6829 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
6830 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
6831 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
6832 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
6833 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
6834 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6835 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6836
6837 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
6838
6839 CHANGES WITH 246:
6840
6841 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6842 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
6843 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
6844
6845 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
6846 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
6847
6848 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
6849 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
6850 based on the NUMA mask.
6851
6852 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
6853 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
6854 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
6855
6856 * Two new unit file settings
6857 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
6858 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
6859 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
6860 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
6861
6862 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
6863 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
6864 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
6865 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
6866 instance).
6867
6868 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
6869 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
6870 service's processes shall include.
6871
6872 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
6873 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
6874 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
6875 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
6876
6877 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
6878 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
6879 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
6880 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
6881 depending on socket type.
6882
6883 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
6884 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
6885 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
6886 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
6887 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
6888 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
6889 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
6890 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
6891 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
6892 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
6893
6894 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
6895 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
6896 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
6897 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
6898 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
6899 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
6900 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
6901 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
6902
6903 * .service unit files gained two new options
6904 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
6905 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
6906 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
6907
6908 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
6909 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
6910 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
6911 prefix is used.
6912
6913 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
6914 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
6915 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
6916 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
6917 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
6918 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
6919 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
6920 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
6921 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
6922 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
6923 key/certificate parameters support this now.
6924
6925 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
6926 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
6927 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
6928 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
6929 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
6930 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
6931
6932 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
6933 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
6934 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
6935 finally gone now.
6936
6937 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
6938 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
6939 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
6940 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
6941
6942 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
6943 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
6944 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
6945 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
6946 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
6947 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
6948 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
6949 which is quite likely a major security problem.
6950
6951 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
6952 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
6953 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
6954 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
6955 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
6956
6957 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
6958 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
6959 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
6960 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
6961 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
6962
6963 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
6964 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
6965 boot.
6966
6967 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
6968 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
6969 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
6970 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
6971 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
6972 device.
6973
6974 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
6975 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
6976 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
6977
6978 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition_needs_update= and
6979 systemd.condition_first_boot= have been added, which override the
6980 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6981 conditions.
6982
6983 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock_usec= has been added
6984 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6985 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6986 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6987
6988 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6989 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6990 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6991 the process that faulted.
6992
6993 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6994 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6995 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6996
6997 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6998 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6999 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
7000 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
7001 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
7002
7003 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
7004 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
7005 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
7006 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
7007 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
7008
7009 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
7010 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
7011 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
7012 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
7013 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
7014
7015 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
7016 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
7017 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
7018 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
7019 frame ring buffer sizes.
7020
7021 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
7022 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
7023
7024 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
7025 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
7026
7027 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
7028 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
7029 automatically assigned to the interface.
7030
7031 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
7032 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
7033 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
7034 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
7035 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
7036 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
7037 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
7038 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
7039 mode for Assign=.
7040
7041 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
7042 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
7043 source addresses.
7044
7045 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
7046 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
7047 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
7048 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
7049 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
7050 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
7051 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
7052 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
7053 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
7054 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
7055
7056 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
7057 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
7058 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
7059 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
7060 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
7061 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
7062 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
7063
7064 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
7065 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
7066 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
7067 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
7068 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
7069 the RA packets suggest it.
7070
7071 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
7072 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
7073 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
7074 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
7075
7076 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
7077 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
7078 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
7079 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
7080 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
7081 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
7082 field.
7083
7084 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
7085 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
7086 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
7087 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
7088 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
7089 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
7090
7091 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
7092 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
7093
7094 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
7095 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
7096 the VLAN protocol to use.
7097
7098 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
7099 of the .network files, to control the link group.
7100
7101 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
7102 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
7103 link local address is generated.
7104
7105 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
7106 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
7107 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
7108 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
7109 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
7110 carefully picking an interface name to use.
7111
7112 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
7113 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
7114
7115 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
7116 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
7117
7118 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
7119 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
7120 are still understood to provide compatibility.
7121
7122 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
7123 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
7124 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
7125 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
7126 interfaces up or down.
7127
7128 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
7129 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
7130 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
7131 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
7132 interface may be specified (after "%").
7133
7134 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
7135 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
7136 public DNS servers are not used.
7137
7138 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
7139
7140 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
7141 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
7142 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
7143 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
7144 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
7145 defined by systemd-resolved).
7146
7147 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
7148 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7149 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
7150
7151 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
7152 --property=…".
7153
7154 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
7155 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
7156 use --plain.
7157
7158 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
7159 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
7160 being deprecated in favor of this option.
7161
7162 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
7163 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
7164 process itself.
7165
7166 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
7167 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
7168 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
7169 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
7170 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
7171 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
7172 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
7173 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
7174 implementations.
7175
7176 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
7177 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
7178 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
7179 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
7180 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
7181 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
7182 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
7183 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
7184 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
7185
7186 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
7187 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
7188 initialization.
7189
7190 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
7191 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
7192 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
7193
7194 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
7195 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
7196 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
7197 without any decoration.
7198
7199 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
7200 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
7201 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
7202 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
7203 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
7204 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
7205
7206 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
7207 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
7208 coredump data from.
7209
7210 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
7211 the zstd algorithm.
7212
7213 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
7214 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
7215 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
7216 not block clean file system unmounting.
7217
7218 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
7219 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
7220 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
7221
7222 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
7223 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
7224 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
7225 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
7226
7227 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
7228 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
7229
7230 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
7231 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
7232 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
7233 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
7234 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
7235 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
7236 instead of operating on actual block devices.
7237
7238 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
7239 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
7240
7241 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
7242 instead of 0.
7243
7244 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
7245 specifier expansion.
7246
7247 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
7248 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
7249 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
7250 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
7251 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
7252
7253 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
7254 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
7255 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
7256 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
7257 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
7258
7259 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
7260 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
7261 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
7262 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
7263 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
7264 --fido2-device= option.
7265
7266 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
7267 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
7268 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
7269 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
7270 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
7271 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
7272 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
7273
7274 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
7275 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
7276 changed from ext2 to ext4.
7277
7278 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
7279 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
7280 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
7281 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
7282 before the system continues to boot.
7283
7284 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
7285 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
7286 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
7287 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
7288 instead of at installation time.
7289
7290 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
7291 volumes with automatically from files in
7292 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
7293 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
7294
7295 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
7296 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
7297
7298 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
7299 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
7300 instance.
7301
7302 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
7303 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
7304 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
7305 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
7306
7307 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
7308 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
7309 setup flag.
7310
7311 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
7312 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
7313 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
7314 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
7315 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
7316 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
7317 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
7318 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
7319 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
7320 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
7321 incremental).
7322
7323 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
7324 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
7325 which it then operates.
7326
7327 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
7328 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
7329 directories for various resources.
7330
7331 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
7332 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
7333 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
7334 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
7335 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
7336 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
7337 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
7338 via the new --no-block switch.
7339
7340 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
7341 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
7342 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
7343 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
7344 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
7345 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
7346 case.
7347
7348 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
7349 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
7350 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
7351 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
7352
7353 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
7354 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
7355 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
7356 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
7357 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
7358
7359 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
7360 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
7361 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
7362 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
7363 vtable is associated with.
7364
7365 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
7366 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
7367 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
7368 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
7369
7370 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
7371 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
7372 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
7373
7374 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
7375
7376 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
7377 document the methods, signals and properties.
7378
7379 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
7380 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
7381 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
7382 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
7383 desktops has been added:
7384
7385 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
7386 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
7387 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
7388
7389 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
7390 and has now moved to:
7391
7392 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
7393
7394 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
7395 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
7396 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
7397 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
7398 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
7399 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
7400 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
7401
7402 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
7403 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
7404 target of the service during runtime.
7405
7406 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
7407 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
7408 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
7409
7410 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
7411 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
7412 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
7413 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
7414 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
7415 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
7416 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
7417 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
7418 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
7419 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
7420 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
7421 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7422 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
7423 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
7424 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
7425 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
7426 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
7427 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
7428 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
7429 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
7430 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
7431 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
7432 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
7433 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
7434 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
7435 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
7436 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
7437 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
7438 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
7439 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
7440 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
7441 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
7442 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
7443 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
7444 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
7445 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
7446 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7447 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
7448
7449 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
7450
7451 CHANGES WITH 245:
7452
7453 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
7454 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
7455 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
7456 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
7457 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
7458 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
7459 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
7460 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
7461 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
7462 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
7463 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
7464 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
7465 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
7466 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
7467 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
7468 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
7469 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
7470 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
7471 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
7472 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
7473 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
7474
7475 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
7476 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
7477 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
7478 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
7479 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
7480 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
7481 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
7482 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
7483 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
7484 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
7485 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
7486 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
7487 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
7488 that for the first time resource management and various other
7489 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
7490 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
7491 to apply on login. For further details see:
7492
7493 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
7494 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
7495 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
7496
7497 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
7498 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
7499 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
7500 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
7501 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
7502 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
7503 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
7504 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
7505 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
7506
7507 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
7508
7509 For further details about the format and expectations on home
7510 directories this new daemon makes, see:
7511
7512 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
7513
7514 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
7515 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
7516 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
7517 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
7518 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
7519 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
7520 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
7521 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
7522 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
7523 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
7524 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
7525 usage limitations and other settings.
7526
7527 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
7528 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
7529 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
7530 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
7531 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
7532 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
7533 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
7534 resource usage.
7535
7536 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
7537 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
7538
7539 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
7540 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
7541 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
7542 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
7543 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
7544
7545 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
7546 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
7547 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
7548 itself and the default for all other processes.
7549
7550 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
7551 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
7552 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
7553 database into account.
7554
7555 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
7556 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
7557 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
7558 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
7559
7560 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
7561 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
7562 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
7563 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
7564 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
7565 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
7566 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
7567 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
7568 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
7569 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
7570
7571 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
7572 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
7573 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
7574 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
7575 event source watching it is freed).
7576
7577 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
7578 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
7579 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
7580 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
7581
7582 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
7583 (IFB) network devices.
7584
7585 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
7586 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
7587
7588 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
7589 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
7590 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
7591 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
7592 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
7593 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
7594
7595 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
7596 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
7597 with its sense inverted.
7598
7599 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
7600 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
7601 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
7602
7603 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
7604 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
7605 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
7606
7607 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
7608 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
7609 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
7610 to be used.
7611
7612 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
7613 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
7614 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
7615 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
7616 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
7617 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
7618 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
7619
7620 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
7621 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
7622 debugging purposes.
7623
7624 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
7625 group named differently than the user.
7626
7627 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
7628 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
7629 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
7630
7631 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
7632 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
7633 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
7634 /etc/fstab.
7635
7636 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
7637 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
7638 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
7639 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
7640
7641 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
7642 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
7643 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
7644 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
7645
7646 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
7647 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
7648 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
7649 Bernard.
7650
7651 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
7652 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
7653 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
7654 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
7655 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
7656 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
7657 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
7658 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
7659 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
7660 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
7661 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
7662
7663 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
7664 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
7665 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
7666 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
7667 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
7668 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
7669 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
7670 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming_scheme= kernel
7671 command line option.
7672
7673 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
7674 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
7675
7676 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
7677 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
7678 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
7679 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
7680 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
7681 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
7682 systemd-timedated.
7683
7684 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
7685 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
7686 GPT partition table types.
7687
7688 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
7689 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
7690 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
7691
7692 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
7693
7694 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
7695 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
7696 for the respective units.
7697
7698 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
7699 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
7700 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
7701
7702 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
7703 "status" output.
7704
7705 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
7706 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
7707 disappear.
7708
7709 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
7710 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
7711 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
7712 address is used.
7713
7714 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
7715 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
7716 dropped from the individual setting names.
7717
7718 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
7719 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
7720 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
7721 such files in version 243.
7722
7723 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
7724 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
7725 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
7726
7727 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
7728 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
7729 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
7730
7731 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
7732 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
7733 with stopping and disablement.
7734
7735 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
7736 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
7737 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
7738 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
7739 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
7740 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
7741 some internal systemd services (most notably
7742 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
7743 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
7744 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
7745 this systemd release. See
7746 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
7747 additional discussion.
7748
7749 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
7750 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
7751 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
7752 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
7753 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
7754 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
7755 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7756 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
7757 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
7758 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
7759 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
7760 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
7761 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
7762 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
7763 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
7764 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
7765 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
7766 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
7767 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
7768 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7769 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
7770 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
7771 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
7772 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
7773 DONG
7774
7775 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
7776
7777 CHANGES WITH 244:
7778
7779 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
7780 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
7781 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
7782 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
7783
7784 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
7785 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
7786 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
7787 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
7788
7789 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
7790 units.
7791
7792 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
7793 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
7794 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
7795 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
7796 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
7797 set the EFI variable.
7798
7799 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
7800 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
7801 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
7802 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
7803 and overrides the systemd setting.
7804
7805 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
7806 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
7807 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
7808 effect.)
7809
7810 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
7811 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
7812 that affects all corresponding unit files.
7813
7814 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
7815 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
7816
7817 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
7818 the unit being shown.
7819
7820 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
7821 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
7822 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
7823 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
7824 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
7825
7826 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
7827 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
7828 which need to use them.
7829
7830 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
7831 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
7832 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
7833 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
7834 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
7835 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
7836 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
7837 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
7838 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
7839 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
7840
7841 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
7842 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
7843 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
7844 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
7845 security tokens that were used previously.
7846
7847 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
7848 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
7849 improve power saving with many more devices.
7850
7851 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
7852 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
7853 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
7854
7855 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
7856 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
7857 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
7858 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
7859 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
7860
7861 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
7862 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
7863 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
7864 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
7865 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
7866
7867 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
7868 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
7869
7870 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
7871 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
7872
7873 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
7874 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
7875 now supported.
7876
7877 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
7878 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
7879
7880 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
7881 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
7882 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
7883
7884 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
7885 received from the server.
7886
7887 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
7888 set.
7889
7890 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
7891 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
7892
7893 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
7894 using a new SendOption= setting.
7895
7896 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
7897 service type" value used by the client.
7898
7899 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
7900 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
7901
7902 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
7903 a new SendOption= setting.
7904
7905 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
7906 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
7907
7908 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
7909 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
7910
7911 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
7912 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
7913 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
7914
7915 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
7916 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
7917 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
7918 BSSID for wireless links.
7919
7920 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
7921 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
7922
7923 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
7924 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
7925
7926 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
7927 disciplines in the kernel using the new
7928 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
7929 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
7930 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
7931 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
7932
7933 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
7934
7935 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
7936 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
7937 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
7938 on its own).
7939
7940 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
7941 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
7942 of the present time.
7943
7944 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
7945 reproducible image builds easier).
7946
7947 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
7948 Specification.
7949
7950 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
7951 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
7952 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
7953 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
7954
7955 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
7956 is being used.
7957
7958 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
7959
7960 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
7961 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
7962 path as the system manager.
7963
7964 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
7965 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
7966 representation").
7967
7968 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
7969 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
7970 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
7971 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
7972 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
7973 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
7974 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
7975 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
7976
7977 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
7978 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
7979 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
7980 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7981 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7982 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7983 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7984 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7985 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7986 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7987 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7988 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7989 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7990 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7991 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7992 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7993 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7994 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7995 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7996 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7997 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7998 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7999 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8000
8001 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
8002
8003 CHANGES WITH 243:
8004
8005 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
8006 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
8007 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
8008 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
8009 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
8010 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
8011 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
8012 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
8013
8014 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
8015 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
8016 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
8017 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
8018 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
8019 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
8020 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
8021 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
8022 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
8023 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
8024 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
8025 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
8026 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
8027 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
8028 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
8029 documentation.
8030
8031 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
8032 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
8033 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
8034 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
8035 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
8036 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
8037 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
8038 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
8039 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
8040 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
8041 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
8042 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
8043 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
8044 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
8045 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
8046 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
8047
8048 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
8049 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
8050 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
8051 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
8052
8053 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
8054 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
8055
8056 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
8057 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
8058 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
8059 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
8060 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
8061 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
8062 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
8063 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
8064 caught up with the kernel API changes.
8065
8066 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
8067 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
8068 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
8069 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
8070 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
8071 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
8072 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
8073 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
8074 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
8075 packagers.
8076
8077 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
8078 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
8079
8080 build/man/man systemctl
8081 build/man/html systemd.index
8082
8083 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
8084 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
8085
8086 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
8087 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
8088 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
8089 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
8090 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
8091 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
8092
8093 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
8094 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
8095 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
8096 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
8097 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
8098 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
8099 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
8100 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
8101 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
8102 unambiguously distinguished.
8103
8104 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
8105 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
8106 very rarely used.
8107
8108 To replace this functionality, users should:
8109 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
8110 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
8111 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
8112 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
8113 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
8114
8115 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
8116 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
8117 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
8118 interfaces should really be matched.
8119
8120 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
8121 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
8122 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
8123 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
8124 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
8125 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
8126
8127 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
8128 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
8129 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
8130 stop the whole unit.
8131
8132 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
8133 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
8134 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
8135 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
8136 generated whenever a unit stops.
8137
8138 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
8139 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
8140 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
8141 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
8142
8143 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
8144 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
8145 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
8146 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
8147 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
8148
8149 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
8150 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
8151 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
8152 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
8153 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
8154 programs set up externally.
8155
8156 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
8157 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
8158 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
8159 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
8160
8161 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
8162 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
8163 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
8164 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
8165 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
8166 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
8167 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
8168
8169 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
8170 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
8171 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
8172 as before.
8173
8174 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
8175 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
8176 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
8177 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
8178 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
8179 links on terminals that support that.
8180
8181 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
8182 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
8183 unmounted safely during shutdown.
8184
8185 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
8186
8187 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
8188 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
8189 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
8190 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
8191 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
8192 The default remains unchanged.
8193
8194 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
8195 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
8196
8197 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
8198 udev property.
8199
8200 Those two changes form a new net.naming_scheme= entry. Distributions
8201 which want to preserve naming stability may want to set the
8202 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
8203
8204 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
8205 interfaces natively.
8206
8207 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
8208 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
8209 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
8210 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
8211
8212 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
8213 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
8214 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
8215 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
8216 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
8217 RELEASE message when terminating.
8218
8219 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
8220 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
8221
8222 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
8223 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
8224 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
8225 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
8226 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
8227 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
8228 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
8229
8230 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
8231 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
8232 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
8233 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
8234 added to the GENEVE support.
8235
8236 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
8237 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
8238 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
8239 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
8240 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
8241
8242 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
8243 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
8244 onto the network device.
8245
8246 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
8247 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
8248 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
8249 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
8250 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
8251
8252 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
8253 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
8254 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
8255
8256 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
8257 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
8258
8259 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
8260 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
8261
8262 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
8263 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
8264 statistics.
8265
8266 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
8267 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
8268 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
8269
8270 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
8271 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
8272
8273 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
8274 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
8275 specific udev properties.
8276
8277 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
8278 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
8279 "lo" as underlying device.
8280
8281 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
8282 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
8283 IP addresses, too.
8284
8285 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
8286 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
8287 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
8288 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
8289
8290 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
8291 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
8292 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
8293 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
8294
8295 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
8296 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
8297 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
8298
8299 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
8300 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
8301 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
8302
8303 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
8304
8305 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
8306 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
8307 does the same for recurring calendar events.
8308
8309 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
8310 durations as opposed to points in time).
8311
8312 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
8313 expressions.
8314
8315 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
8316 codes to their names and back.
8317
8318 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
8319 file paths and unit aliases.
8320
8321 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
8322 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
8323 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
8324 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
8325
8326 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
8327 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
8328 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
8329 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
8330 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
8331 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
8332 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
8333 udev rules for that purpose.
8334
8335 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
8336 a device to be initialized.
8337
8338 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
8339 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
8340 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
8341
8342 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
8343 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
8344 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
8345 with gcc's cleanup extension.
8346
8347 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
8348 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
8349 with printf().
8350
8351 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
8352 XML introspection data unmodified.
8353
8354 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
8355 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
8356 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
8357 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
8358
8359 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
8360 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
8361 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
8362 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
8363 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
8364 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
8365 configured to handle the watchdog.
8366
8367 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
8368 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
8369 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
8370
8371 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
8372 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
8373 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
8374
8375 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
8376 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
8377 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
8378 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
8379 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
8380
8381 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
8382 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
8383 review.
8384
8385 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
8386 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
8387
8388 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
8389 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
8390
8391 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
8392 failures to apply them are now ignored.
8393
8394 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
8395 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
8396 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
8397 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
8398
8399 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
8400 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
8401 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
8402 service.
8403
8404 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
8405 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
8406 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
8407 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
8408 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
8409 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
8410 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
8411 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
8412 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
8413 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
8414 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
8415 a seed was received from the boot loader.
8416
8417 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
8418
8419 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
8420 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
8421 above.
8422
8423 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
8424 installed.
8425
8426 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
8427 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
8428 bootloader entry).
8429
8430 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
8431 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
8432
8433 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
8434
8435 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
8436 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
8437 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
8438 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
8439 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
8440
8441 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
8442 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
8443 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
8444
8445 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
8446 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
8447
8448 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
8449 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
8450 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
8451
8452 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
8453 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
8454 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
8455 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
8456 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
8457 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
8458 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
8459 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
8460 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
8461 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
8462 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
8463 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
8464 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
8465 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
8466 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
8467 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
8468 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
8469 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
8470 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8471 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
8472 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
8473 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
8474 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
8475 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
8476 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
8477 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
8478 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
8479 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
8480 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
8481 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
8482
8483 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
8484
8485 CHANGES WITH 242:
8486
8487 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
8488 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
8489 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
8490 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
8491 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
8492 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
8493 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
8494
8495 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
8496 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
8497
8498 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
8499 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
8500 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
8501 may be used to view this.
8502
8503 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
8504 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
8505 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
8506 ```
8507 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
8508 [Match]
8509 Type=bridge
8510
8511 [Link]
8512 MACAddressPolicy=none
8513 ```
8514
8515 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
8516 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
8517 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
8518 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
8519 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
8520 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
8521 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
8522
8523 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
8524 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
8525
8526 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
8527 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
8528
8529 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
8530 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
8531
8532 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
8533 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
8534 is a USB peripheral).
8535
8536 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
8537 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
8538 measured.
8539
8540 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
8541 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
8542 have privileges to do so).
8543
8544 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
8545 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
8546 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
8547
8548 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
8549 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
8550 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
8551 namespace.
8552
8553 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
8554 in which case environment variable substitution is
8555 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
8556
8557 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
8558 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
8559 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
8560 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
8561 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
8562
8563 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
8564 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
8565 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
8566 installed CPU cores.
8567
8568 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
8569 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
8570 kernel 4.15.
8571
8572 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
8573 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
8574 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
8575 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
8576 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
8577
8578 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
8579 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
8580 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
8581
8582 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
8583 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
8584 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
8585 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
8586 enslaved devices is not operational.
8587
8588 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
8589 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
8590
8591 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
8592 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
8593 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
8594 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
8595 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
8596 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
8597
8598 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
8599 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
8600
8601 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
8602
8603 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
8604 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
8605 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
8606
8607 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
8608 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
8609
8610 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
8611 configure CAN triple sampling.
8612
8613 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
8614 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
8615
8616 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
8617 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
8618 details.
8619
8620 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
8621 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
8622 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
8623 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
8624 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
8625 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
8626
8627 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
8628
8629 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
8630 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
8631 controlling project quota inheritance.
8632
8633 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
8634 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
8635 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
8636 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
8637 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
8638 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
8639 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
8640 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
8641 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
8642 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
8643 partition.
8644
8645 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
8646 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
8647 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
8648 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
8649 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
8650
8651 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
8652 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
8653
8654 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
8655 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
8656 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
8657 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
8658 be used in production yet.
8659
8660 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
8661 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
8662 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
8663 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
8664 input, output, and error are set up.
8665
8666 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
8667
8668 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
8669 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
8670 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
8671
8672 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
8673 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
8674 the specified expression will elapse next.
8675
8676 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
8677 introspection data.
8678
8679 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
8680 the reboot() system call expects.
8681
8682 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
8683 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
8684 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
8685
8686 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
8687 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
8688 ConditionVirtualization=).
8689
8690 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
8691 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
8692 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
8693 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
8694 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
8695 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
8696 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
8697 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
8698 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
8699 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
8700 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
8701 during reboot with their own operations.
8702
8703 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
8704 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
8705 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
8706 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
8707
8708 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
8709 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
8710 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
8711 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
8712 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
8713
8714 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
8715 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
8716
8717 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
8718 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
8719 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
8720 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
8721 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
8722 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
8723 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
8724 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
8725 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
8726
8727 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
8728 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
8729 prohibited.
8730
8731 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
8732 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
8733 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
8734 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
8735 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
8736 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
8737 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
8738 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
8739
8740 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
8741 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
8742 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
8743 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
8744 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
8745 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
8746 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
8747 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
8748 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
8749 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
8750 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8751 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
8752 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
8753 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
8754 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
8755 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
8756 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
8757 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8758
8759 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
8760
8761 CHANGES WITH 241:
8762
8763 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
8764 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
8765 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
8766
8767 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
8768 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
8769 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
8770 include the package release information.
8771
8772 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
8773 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
8774 option.
8775
8776 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
8777 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
8778 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
8779
8780 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
8781 again.
8782
8783 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
8784 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
8785 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
8786 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
8787 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
8788 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
8789 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
8790 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
8791 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
8792 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
8793 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
8794 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
8795 installed .link files to *not* include it.
8796
8797 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
8798 "persistent", now works again as documented.
8799
8800 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
8801 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
8802
8803 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
8804 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
8805 used for side-channel attacks.
8806
8807 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
8808 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
8809 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
8810
8811 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
8812 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
8813 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
8814 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
8815 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
8816 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
8817
8818 fs.protected_regular = 0
8819 fs.protected_fifos = 0
8820
8821 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
8822 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
8823
8824 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
8825 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
8826 POSIX shells.
8827
8828 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
8829 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
8830
8831 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
8832 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
8833 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
8834 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
8835 points but otherwise empty.
8836
8837 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
8838 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
8839 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
8840
8841 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
8842 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
8843
8844 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
8845 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
8846
8847 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
8848 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
8849 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
8850 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
8851 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
8852 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
8853 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
8854 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
8855 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
8856 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8857 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8858 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
8859 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
8860 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
8861 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
8862 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8863 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
8864
8865 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
8866
8867 CHANGES WITH 240:
8868
8869 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
8870 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
8871 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
8872 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
8873 an SELinux policy update is required.
8874 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
8875
8876 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
8877 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
8878 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
8879 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
8880 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
8881 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
8882 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
8883 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
8884 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
8885 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
8886
8887 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
8888 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
8889 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
8890 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
8891 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
8892 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
8893 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
8894 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
8895 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
8896 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
8897 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
8898 the search path.
8899
8900 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
8901 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
8902 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8903 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
8904 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
8905 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
8906 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
8907 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
8908 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
8909 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
8910 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
8911 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
8912 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
8913 start job.
8914
8915 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
8916 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
8917 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
8918 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
8919 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
8920 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
8921 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
8922 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
8923 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
8924 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
8925
8926 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
8927 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
8928 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
8929 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
8930 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
8931 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
8932 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
8933 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
8934 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
8935 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
8936 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
8937 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
8938 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
8939 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
8940 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
8941 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
8942 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
8943 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
8944 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
8945 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
8946 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
8947 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
8948 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
8949 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
8950 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
8951 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
8952 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
8953 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
8954 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
8955 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
8956 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
8957 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
8958 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
8959 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
8960 Java.)
8961
8962 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
8963 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
8964 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
8965 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
8966 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
8967 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
8968 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
8969 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
8970 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
8971 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
8972
8973 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
8974 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
8975 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
8976 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
8977 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
8978 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
8979
8980 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8981 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8982 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8983 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8984 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8985
8986 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8987 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8988
8989 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8990 reverted.
8991
8992 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8993 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8994 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8995
8996 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8997 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8998
8999 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
9000 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
9001 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
9002
9003 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
9004 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
9005 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
9006 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
9007 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
9008 latency.
9009
9010 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
9011 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
9012
9013 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
9014 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
9015 instance part of a unit name.
9016
9017 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
9018 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
9019 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
9020 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
9021 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
9022 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
9023 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
9024 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
9025 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
9026
9027 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
9028 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
9029 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
9030 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
9031
9032 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
9033 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
9034 to a file, and appending to it.
9035
9036 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
9037 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
9038 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
9039 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
9040 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
9041 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
9042
9043 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
9044 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
9045 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
9046 having to touch C code.
9047
9048 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
9049 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
9050
9051 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
9052 DNS-over-TLS.
9053
9054 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
9055 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
9056 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
9057
9058 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
9059 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
9060 until the system finished start-up.
9061
9062 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
9063
9064 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
9065 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
9066 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
9067 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
9068 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
9069 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
9070 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
9071
9072 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
9073 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
9074 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
9075 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
9076 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
9077 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
9078 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
9079 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
9080 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
9081 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
9082 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
9083 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
9084
9085 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
9086 instantiate services.
9087
9088 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
9089 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
9090
9091 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
9092 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
9093 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
9094
9095 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
9096 it is neither used nor maintained.
9097
9098 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9099 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
9100 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
9101 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
9102 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
9103 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
9104 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
9105 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
9106 separated by colons.
9107
9108 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
9109 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
9110
9111 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
9112 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
9113
9114 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
9115 "ethtool advertise" commands.
9116
9117 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
9118 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
9119 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
9120 directly.
9121
9122 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
9123 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
9124 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
9125 ID.
9126
9127 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
9128 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
9129
9130 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
9131 and LOGO=.
9132
9133 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
9134 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
9135 from any hibernated image.
9136
9137 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
9138 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
9139 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
9140 kernel exports them.
9141
9142 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
9143 /usr/bin/.
9144
9145 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
9146 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
9147 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
9148 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
9149 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
9150 now documented here:
9151
9152 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
9153
9154 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
9155 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
9156 installs during early boot.
9157
9158 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
9159 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
9160
9161 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
9162 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
9163
9164 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
9165 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
9166 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
9167
9168 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
9169 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
9170 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
9171 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
9172 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
9173 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
9174 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
9175 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
9176 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
9177 is on AC power.
9178
9179 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
9180 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
9181 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
9182 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
9183 see:
9184
9185 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
9186
9187 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
9188 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
9189 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
9190 and container environments.
9191
9192 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
9193 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
9194 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
9195 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
9196
9197 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
9198 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
9199 journald per-service.
9200
9201 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
9202 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
9203
9204 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
9205 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
9206 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
9207 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
9208
9209 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
9210 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
9211 groups.
9212
9213 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
9214 --ephemeral command line switch.
9215
9216 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
9217 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
9218 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
9219 object itself.
9220
9221 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
9222 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
9223 not unloaded).
9224
9225 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
9226 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
9227 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
9228
9229 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
9230 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
9231 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
9232 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
9233 "dead" state on success.
9234
9235 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
9236 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
9237 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
9238 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
9239 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
9240 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
9241 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
9242 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
9243 well-defined system service context.
9244
9245 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
9246 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
9247 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
9248 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
9249
9250 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
9251 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
9252 continue to be used.
9253
9254 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
9255 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
9256 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
9257 for example:
9258
9259 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
9260
9261 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
9262 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
9263 the command line's exit code.
9264
9265 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
9266
9267 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
9268
9269 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
9270 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
9271 support to systemctl and all other commands.
9272
9273 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
9274 name as argument.
9275
9276 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
9277 net.naming_scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
9278 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
9279 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
9280 is improved.
9281
9282 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
9283 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
9284 initialize one to all 0xFF.
9285
9286 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
9287 all files and directories listed in
9288 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
9289 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
9290 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
9291 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
9292 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
9293 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
9294 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
9295 the transition to the host OS.
9296
9297 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
9298 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
9299 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
9300 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
9301 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
9302 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
9303 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
9304 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
9305 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
9306 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
9307 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
9308 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
9309 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
9310 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
9311 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
9312 these are opened they don't work.
9313
9314 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
9315 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
9316 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
9317 logic works again.
9318
9319 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
9320 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
9321 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
9322 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
9323 ignore it.
9324
9325 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
9326 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
9327 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
9328 commands.
9329
9330 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
9331 pam_systemd anymore.
9332
9333 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
9334 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
9335 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
9336 policy took effect.
9337
9338 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
9339 python-3.5.
9340
9341 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
9342 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
9343 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
9344 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
9345 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
9346 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
9347 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
9348 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
9349 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
9350 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
9351 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
9352 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
9353 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
9354 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
9355 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
9356 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
9357 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9358 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
9359 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
9360 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
9361 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
9362 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
9363 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
9364 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
9365 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
9366 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
9367 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9368 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
9369 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
9370 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
9371 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
9372 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
9373 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
9374 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
9375 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
9376 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
9377 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
9378 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
9379 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
9380 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
9381 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
9382 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
9383 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
9384 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
9385 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
9386
9387 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
9388
9389 CHANGES WITH 239:
9390
9391 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
9392 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
9393 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
9394 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9395 a slot number associated.
9396
9397 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
9398 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
9399 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
9400 independent.
9401
9402 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
9403 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
9404 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9405
9406 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
9407 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
9408 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
9409 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9410
9411 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
9412 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
9413 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
9414 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
9415 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
9416 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
9417 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
9418 e.g. NIS.
9419
9420 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
9421 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
9422 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
9423 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
9424 may be necessary to update the file.
9425
9426 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
9427 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
9428 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
9429 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
9430 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
9431 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
9432 documentation.
9433
9434 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
9435 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
9436 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
9437 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
9438 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
9439 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
9440 them.
9441
9442 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
9443 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
9444 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
9445 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
9446 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
9447
9448 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
9449 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
9450 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
9451 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
9452 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
9453 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
9454 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
9455 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
9456
9457 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
9458 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
9459 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
9460 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
9461 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
9462
9463 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
9464 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
9465 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
9466 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
9467 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
9468
9469 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
9470 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
9471 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
9472
9473 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
9474 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
9475 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
9476 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
9477 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
9478 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
9479 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
9480 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
9481 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
9482 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
9483 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
9484 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
9485 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
9486 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
9487 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
9488 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
9489 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
9490 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
9491 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
9492 from.
9493
9494 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
9495 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
9496 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
9497 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
9498
9499 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
9500 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
9501 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
9502 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
9503
9504 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
9505 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
9506 hibernates again.
9507
9508 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
9509 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
9510 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
9511
9512 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
9513 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
9514 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
9515
9516 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
9517 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
9518 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
9519 was not configurable and set to 512.
9520
9521 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
9522 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
9523 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
9524 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
9525 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
9526 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
9527 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
9528 in particular su and sudo.
9529
9530 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
9531 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
9532 synchronization has been received from the network. This
9533 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
9534 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
9535 services.
9536
9537 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
9538 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
9539 files should work for hibernation now.
9540
9541 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
9542 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
9543 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
9544 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
9545 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
9546 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
9547 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
9548 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
9549 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
9550 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
9551 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
9552 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
9553 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
9554 name following the last dash.
9555
9556 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
9557 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
9558 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
9559 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
9560 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
9561
9562 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
9563 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
9564 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
9565 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
9566 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
9567 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
9568
9569 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
9570 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
9571 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
9572 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
9573
9574 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
9575 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
9576 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
9577 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
9578 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
9579
9580 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
9581 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
9582 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
9583 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
9584 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
9585 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
9586 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
9587 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
9588 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
9589 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
9590 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
9591 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
9592 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
9593
9594 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
9595 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
9596 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
9597 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
9598 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
9599 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
9600 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
9601 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
9602 settings.
9603
9604 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
9605 expiration feature, if it is available.
9606
9607 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
9608 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
9609 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
9610
9611 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
9612 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
9613
9614 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
9615
9616 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
9617 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
9618
9619 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
9620 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
9621 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
9622 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
9623 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
9624 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
9625 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
9626 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
9627 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
9628 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
9629 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
9630
9631 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
9632 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
9633 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
9634 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
9635
9636 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
9637 about its state.
9638
9639 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
9640 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
9641 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
9642 "timedatectl set-ntp".
9643
9644 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
9645 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
9646 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
9647 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
9648 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
9649 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
9650 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
9651 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
9652 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
9653 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
9654 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
9655
9656 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
9657 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
9658
9659 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
9660 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
9661 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
9662 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
9663 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
9664 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
9665
9666 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
9667 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
9668 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
9669 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
9670 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
9671 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
9672 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
9673
9674 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
9675 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
9676 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
9677 shown.)
9678
9679 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
9680 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
9681 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
9682 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
9683 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
9684 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
9685 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
9686 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
9687 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
9688
9689 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
9690 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
9691 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
9692
9693 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
9694 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
9695 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
9696 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
9697 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
9698 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
9699 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
9700 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
9701
9702 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
9703
9704 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
9705 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
9706 automatically when the system clock changed.)
9707
9708 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
9709 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
9710
9711 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
9712 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
9713 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
9714
9715 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
9716
9717 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
9718
9719 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
9720 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
9721
9722 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
9723 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
9724 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
9725 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
9726 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
9727 external user databases.
9728
9729 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
9730 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
9731 refused due to the enforced limits.
9732
9733 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
9734 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
9735 manages.
9736
9737 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
9738 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
9739 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
9740 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
9741 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
9742 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
9743 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
9744 where this is now used by default.
9745
9746 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
9747 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
9748
9749 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
9750 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
9751 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
9752 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
9753 update process in a generic way.
9754
9755 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
9756
9757 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
9758 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
9759 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
9760 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
9761 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
9762 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
9763 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
9764 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
9765 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
9766 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
9767 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
9768 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
9769 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
9770 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
9771 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
9772 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
9773 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
9774 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
9775 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
9776 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
9777 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
9778 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
9779 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
9780 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
9781 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
9782 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
9783 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
9784 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
9785 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9786
9787 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
9788
9789 CHANGES WITH 238:
9790
9791 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
9792 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
9793 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
9794 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
9795 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
9796 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
9797 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
9798 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
9799 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
9800 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
9801 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
9802 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
9803 to revert this change.
9804
9805 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
9806 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
9807 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
9808 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
9809 once at the end of the transaction.
9810
9811 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
9812 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
9813 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
9814 scripts.
9815
9816 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
9817 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
9818 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
9819 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
9820 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
9821 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
9822 still allowing local admin overrides.
9823
9824 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
9825 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
9826 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
9827
9828 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
9829 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
9830 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
9831 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
9832 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
9833
9834 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
9835 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
9836 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
9837 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
9838 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
9839 from package installation scripts.
9840
9841 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
9842 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
9843 without the user number ("u username -:456").
9844
9845 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
9846 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
9847
9848 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
9849 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
9850 /sbin/nologin for other users).
9851
9852 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
9853 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
9854 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
9855 --systemd, --user, or --global).
9856
9857 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
9858 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
9859 which are triggered meanwhile).
9860
9861 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
9862 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
9863 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
9864 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
9865 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
9866
9867 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
9868 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
9869 rotated very quickly.
9870
9871 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
9872 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
9873 pending bus messages.
9874
9875 * systemd gained a new
9876 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
9877 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
9878 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
9879 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
9880 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
9881 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
9882 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
9883 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
9884 session scope.
9885
9886 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
9887 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
9888 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
9889 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
9890 the tree to be accessed.
9891
9892 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
9893 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
9894 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
9895
9896 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
9897 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
9898 to keys in the main keyring.
9899
9900 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
9901
9902 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
9903 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
9904
9905 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
9906
9907 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
9908 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
9909 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
9910 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
9911 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
9912 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
9913 explicitly.
9914
9915 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
9916 the colour of "OK" status messages.
9917
9918 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
9919 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
9920 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
9921 be restarted.
9922
9923 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
9924 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
9925
9926 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
9927 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
9928 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
9929 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
9930 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
9931 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
9932 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
9933 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9934 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
9935 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
9936 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
9937 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
9938 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9939 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9940 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
9941 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
9942
9943 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
9944
9945 CHANGES WITH 237:
9946
9947 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
9948 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
9949 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
9950 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9951
9952 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
9953 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
9954 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
9955 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
9956 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
9957 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
9958 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
9959 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
9960 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
9961 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
9962
9963 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
9964 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
9965 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
9966 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
9967 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
9968 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
9969 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
9970 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
9971 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
9972 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
9973
9974 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
9975 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
9976 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
9977 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
9978 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
9979 now provides explicit control.
9980
9981 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9982 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9983 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9984 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9985 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9986 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9987 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9988
9989 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9990 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9991 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9992
9993 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9994 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9995
9996 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9997 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9998 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9999 versions.
10000
10001 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
10002 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
10003 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
10004 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
10005 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
10006 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
10007 understands RapidCommit=.
10008
10009 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
10010 Delegation.
10011
10012 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
10013 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
10014 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
10015 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
10016 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
10017 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
10018 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
10019 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
10020 --watch-bind= command line switch.
10021
10022 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
10023 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
10024 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
10025 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
10026 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
10027 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
10028 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
10029 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
10030 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
10031 "Disconnected" signals).
10032
10033 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
10034 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
10035 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
10036 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
10037 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
10038 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
10039 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
10040 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
10041 round-trips are removed.
10042
10043 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
10044 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
10045 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
10046 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
10047
10048 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
10049 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
10050 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
10051 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
10052 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
10053 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
10054
10055 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
10056 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
10057 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
10058 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
10059 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
10060 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
10061 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
10062 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
10063 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
10064 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
10065
10066 * sd-event gained a new call pair
10067 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
10068 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
10069 when the event source is destroyed.
10070
10071 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
10072 connections.
10073
10074 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
10075 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
10076 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
10077 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
10078 new transitional flag file has been added: if
10079 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
10080 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
10081
10082 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
10083 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
10084 manager.
10085
10086 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
10087 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
10088 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
10089 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
10090 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
10091
10092 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
10093 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
10094 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
10095 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
10096 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
10097 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
10098
10099 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
10100 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
10101 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
10102 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
10103 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
10104 level/target is given as an argument.
10105
10106 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
10107 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
10108 where UID and GID do not match.
10109
10110 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
10111 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
10112 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
10113 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
10114 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10115 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
10116 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
10117 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
10118 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
10119 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
10120 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
10121 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
10122 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10123 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
10124 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
10125 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
10126 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
10127 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
10128 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
10129 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
10130 Палаузов
10131
10132 — Brno, 2018-01-28
10133
10134 CHANGES WITH 236:
10135
10136 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
10137 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
10138 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
10139 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
10140
10141 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
10142 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
10143 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
10144 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
10145 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
10146 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
10147 valid specifiers today.)
10148
10149 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
10150 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
10151 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
10152 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
10153 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
10154 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
10155
10156 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
10157 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
10158 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
10159 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
10160
10161 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
10162 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
10163 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
10164 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
10165 services are resolved properly.
10166
10167 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
10168 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
10169 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
10170 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
10171 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
10172 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
10173 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
10174 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
10175 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
10176 and btrfs.
10177
10178 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
10179 DNS server and domain information.
10180
10181 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
10182 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
10183 runtime.
10184
10185 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
10186 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
10187 empty for the first time.
10188
10189 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
10190 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
10191 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
10192 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
10193 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
10194 running in the user session.
10195
10196 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
10197 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
10198 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
10199 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
10200 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
10201 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
10202 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
10203 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
10204 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
10205 user instance).
10206
10207 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
10208 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
10209
10210 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
10211 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
10212 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
10213 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
10214
10215 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
10216 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
10217
10218 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
10219 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
10220 sleep verbs.
10221
10222 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
10223
10224 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
10225 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
10226
10227 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
10228
10229 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
10230 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
10231 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
10232
10233 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
10234 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
10235 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
10236 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
10237 instance.
10238
10239 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
10240 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
10241 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
10242
10243 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
10244 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
10245 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
10246
10247 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
10248
10249 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
10250 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
10251 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
10252 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
10253 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
10254 processes.
10255
10256 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
10257 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
10258 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
10259 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
10260
10261 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
10262 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
10263 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
10264
10265 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
10266 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
10267 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
10268 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
10269 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
10270
10271 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
10272 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
10273
10274 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
10275 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
10276 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
10277 time the specified expression would elapse.
10278
10279 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
10280 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
10281 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
10282 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
10283 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
10284 types, not just services.
10285
10286 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
10287 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
10288 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
10289 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
10290
10291 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
10292 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
10293 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
10294 interface for this purpose.
10295
10296 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
10297 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
10298 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
10299 anyway.
10300
10301 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
10302 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
10303 requirements of systemd.
10304
10305 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
10306 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
10307 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
10308
10309 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
10310 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
10311 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
10312 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
10313
10314 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
10315 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
10316 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
10317 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
10318
10319 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
10320 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
10321
10322 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
10323 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
10324 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
10325 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
10326 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
10327 managing software supports (such as pppd).
10328
10329 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
10330 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
10331 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
10332
10333 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
10334 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
10335 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
10336 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
10337 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
10338 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
10339 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
10340 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
10341 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
10342 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
10343 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
10344 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
10345 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
10346 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
10347 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
10348 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
10349 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
10350 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
10351 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
10352 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
10353 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
10354 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10355 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10356
10357 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
10358
10359 CHANGES WITH 235:
10360
10361 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
10362 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
10363 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
10364 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
10365 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
10366 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
10367 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
10368 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
10369 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
10370 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
10371 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
10372 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
10373 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
10374 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
10375 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
10376 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
10377 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
10378 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
10379 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
10380 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
10381 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
10382 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
10383 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
10384 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
10385 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
10386 IPAddressDeny= see below.
10387
10388 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
10389 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
10390 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
10391 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
10392 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10393 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
10394 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
10395 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
10396
10397 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
10398 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
10399 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
10400 used to change those values.
10401
10402 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
10403 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
10404 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
10405 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
10406 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
10407 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
10408
10409 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
10410 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
10411 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
10412 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
10413
10414 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
10415 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
10416 one top-level directory.
10417
10418 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
10419 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
10420 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
10421 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
10422 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
10423 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
10424 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
10425 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
10426 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
10427 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
10428 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
10429 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
10430 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
10431 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
10432 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
10433
10434 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
10435 Meson-only.
10436
10437 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
10438 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
10439 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
10440 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
10441 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
10442 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
10443 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
10444 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
10445 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
10446 acceptable to us.
10447
10448 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
10449 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
10450 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
10451 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
10452 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
10453 requested at build time.
10454
10455 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
10456 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
10457 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
10458 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
10459 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
10460 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
10461 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
10462 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
10463 Type= setting which permits configuring
10464 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
10465
10466 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
10467 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
10468 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
10469 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
10470 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
10471 local frames between bridge ports.
10472
10473 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
10474 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
10475 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
10476
10477 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
10478 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
10479
10480 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
10481 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
10482 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
10483 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
10484
10485 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
10486 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
10487 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
10488 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
10489 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
10490 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
10491 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
10492 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
10493
10494 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
10495 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
10496 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
10497 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
10498 command.)
10499
10500 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
10501 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
10502 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
10503
10504 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
10505 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
10506 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
10507 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
10508
10509 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
10510 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
10511 configured, except for the credentials applied by
10512 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
10513 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
10514 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
10515 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
10516 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
10517 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
10518 on systems where this is not supported.
10519
10520 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
10521 sockets.
10522
10523 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
10524 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
10525 during runtime.
10526
10527 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
10528 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
10529 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
10530
10531 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
10532 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
10533 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
10534
10535 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
10536 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
10537 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
10538 Following this logic, two new special targets
10539 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
10540 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
10541 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
10542
10543 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
10544 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
10545 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
10546 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
10547
10548 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
10549 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
10550 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
10551 --wait".
10552
10553 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
10554 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
10555 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
10556 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
10557 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
10558 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
10559 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
10560 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
10561 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
10562
10563 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
10564 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
10565 containing information about the consumed resources of this
10566 invocation.
10567
10568 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
10569 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
10570 processes.
10571
10572 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
10573 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
10574 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
10575 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
10576 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
10577 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
10578 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
10579 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
10580 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
10581 systems for all five operations.
10582
10583 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
10584 the system.
10585
10586 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
10587 than UTC or the local timezone.
10588
10589 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
10590 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
10591 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
10592 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
10593 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
10594 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
10595 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
10596 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
10597
10598 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
10599 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
10600 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
10601 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
10602 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
10603 again.
10604
10605 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
10606 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
10607 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
10608
10609 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
10610 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
10611 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
10612 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
10613 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
10614 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
10615 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10616 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
10617 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
10618 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
10619 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
10620 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
10621 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
10622 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
10623 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
10624 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
10625 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
10626 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
10627 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
10628 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10629
10630 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
10631
10632 CHANGES WITH 234:
10633
10634 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
10635 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
10636 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
10637 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
10638 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10639 summary:
10640
10641 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
10642
10643 becomes:
10644
10645 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
10646
10647 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
10648 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
10649 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
10650 .device units.
10651
10652 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
10653 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
10654 running a systemd user instance.
10655
10656 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
10657 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
10658 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
10659 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
10660 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
10661 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
10662
10663 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
10664
10665 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
10666 (domain search list).
10667
10668 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
10669 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
10670 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
10671 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
10672 implementation of RA.
10673
10674 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
10675 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
10676 ISO date values.
10677
10678 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
10679 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
10680 devices.
10681
10682 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
10683 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
10684 option.
10685
10686 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
10687 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
10688 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
10689 default yet.
10690
10691 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
10692 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
10693 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
10694 SHA256SUMS files.
10695
10696 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
10697 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
10698
10699 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
10700
10701 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
10702
10703 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
10704 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
10705
10706 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
10707 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
10708 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
10709 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
10710
10711 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
10712 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
10713 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
10714 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
10715 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
10716 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
10717 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
10718 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
10719 systemd-logind to be safe. See
10720 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
10721
10722 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
10723 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
10724 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
10725 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
10726 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
10727 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
10728 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
10729 after all the plugins exit.
10730
10731 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
10732 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
10733 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
10734 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
10735 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
10736 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
10737 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
10738 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
10739
10740 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
10741 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
10742 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
10743 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
10744 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
10745 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
10746 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
10747 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10748 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
10749 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
10750 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
10751 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
10752 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
10753 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
10754 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
10755 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10756 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
10757 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
10758 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
10759 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
10760 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
10761 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
10762 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
10763 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
10764 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
10765 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
10766 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10767 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
10768 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
10769 Георгиевски
10770
10771 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
10772
10773 CHANGES WITH 233:
10774
10775 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
10776 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
10777 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
10778 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
10779 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
10780 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
10781 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
10782 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
10783 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
10784
10785 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
10786 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
10787 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
10788 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
10789 default selected on the configure command line
10790 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
10791 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
10792 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
10793 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
10794 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
10795 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
10796 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
10797 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
10798 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
10799 greatest stability and compatibility only.
10800
10801 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
10802 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
10803 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
10804 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
10805 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
10806 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
10807 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
10808 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
10809 further details about this.)
10810
10811 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
10812 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
10813 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
10814
10815 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
10816 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
10817
10818 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
10819 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
10820 with 'make install-tests'.
10821
10822 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
10823 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
10824 kernel.
10825
10826 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
10827 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
10828 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
10829 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
10830 by the Slice= option.
10831
10832 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
10833 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
10834 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
10835 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
10836
10837 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
10838 following choices:
10839
10840 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
10841 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
10842 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
10843 (h)elp
10844 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
10845 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
10846 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
10847 (y)es, execute the command
10848
10849 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
10850 because its meaning was confusing.
10851
10852 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
10853 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
10854
10855 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
10856 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
10857 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
10858
10859 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
10860 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
10861 state directly, without executing these commands.
10862
10863 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
10864 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
10865 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
10866
10867 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
10868 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
10869 combination with After=) have been started.
10870
10871 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
10872 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
10873 setting, and which system calls they contain.
10874
10875 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
10876 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
10877 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
10878 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
10879 configuration related calls.
10880
10881 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
10882 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
10883 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
10884 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
10885 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
10886 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
10887 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
10888
10889 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
10890 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
10891
10892 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
10893 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
10894 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
10895
10896 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
10897 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
10898
10899 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
10900 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
10901 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
10902 for compatibility.
10903
10904 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
10905 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
10906
10907 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
10908 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
10909
10910 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
10911 support for negative matching.
10912
10913 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
10914
10915 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
10916 permitted runtime of the mount command.
10917
10918 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
10919 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
10920 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
10921 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
10922 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
10923 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
10924 removed from the drive.
10925
10926 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
10927 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
10928
10929 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
10930 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
10931
10932 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
10933 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
10934 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
10935
10936 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
10937 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
10938 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
10939 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
10940 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
10941 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
10942 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
10943
10944 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
10945 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
10946 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
10947 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
10948 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
10949 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
10950
10951 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
10952 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
10953
10954 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
10955 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
10956 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
10957 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
10958 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
10959 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
10960 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
10961 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
10962
10963 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
10964 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
10965 including all control processes.
10966
10967 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
10968 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
10969 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
10970
10971 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10972 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
10973 prefixing the source path with "+".
10974
10975 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10976 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
10977 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
10978 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
10979 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
10980 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10981 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10982 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10983
10984 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10985 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10986 before).
10987
10988 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10989 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10990 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10991 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10992 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10993 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10994 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10995
10996 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10997 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10998 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10999 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
11000 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
11001 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
11002 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
11003 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
11004 versions.
11005
11006 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
11007 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
11008 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
11009 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
11010 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
11011 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
11012 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
11013 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
11014 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
11015 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
11016 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
11017 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
11018 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
11019 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
11020 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
11021 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
11022 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
11023 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
11024 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
11025 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
11026 a Verity-enabled root partition.
11027
11028 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
11029 accelerometer quirks.
11030
11031 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
11032 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
11033 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
11034 ID of each service.
11035
11036 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
11037 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
11038 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
11039 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
11040 view.
11041
11042 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
11043 environment variables:
11044
11045 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
11046
11047 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
11048 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
11049 address.
11050
11051 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
11052 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
11053 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
11054
11055 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
11056 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
11057 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
11058 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
11059 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
11060 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
11061 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
11062 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
11063 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
11064 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
11065 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
11066 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
11067 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
11068
11069 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
11070 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
11071 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
11072
11073 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
11074 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
11075
11076 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
11077 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
11078 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
11079 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
11080 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
11081
11082 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
11083 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
11084 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
11085
11086 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
11087 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
11088
11089 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
11090 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
11091 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
11092 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
11093
11094 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
11095 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
11096 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
11097 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
11098 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
11099 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
11100 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
11101 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
11102 possibly even including full integrity data.
11103
11104 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
11105 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
11106 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
11107 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
11108 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
11109
11110 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
11111 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
11112 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
11113 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
11114 directly with systemd-nspawn.
11115
11116 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
11117 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
11118 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
11119 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
11120
11121 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
11122 of coredumps in reverse order.
11123
11124 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
11125 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
11126 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
11127 additional informational message in its output.
11128
11129 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
11130 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
11131 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
11132
11133 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
11134 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
11135 scripting languages such as Python.
11136
11137 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
11138 namespacing is enabled for them.
11139
11140 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
11141 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
11142 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
11143 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
11144 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
11145 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
11146
11147 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
11148 root key (KSK).
11149
11150 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
11151 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
11152 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
11153
11154 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
11155 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
11156 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
11157 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
11158 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
11159 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
11160 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
11161 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
11162 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
11163 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
11164 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
11165 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
11166 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
11167 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
11168 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
11169 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
11170 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
11171 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
11172 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
11173 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
11174 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
11175 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
11176 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
11177 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
11178 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
11179 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
11180 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
11181 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
11182 Тихонов
11183
11184 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
11185
11186 CHANGES WITH 232:
11187
11188 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
11189 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
11190 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
11191 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
11192 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
11193 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
11194
11195 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
11196 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
11197
11198 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
11199 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
11200 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
11201
11202 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
11203 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
11204 to be remounted read-only for a service.
11205
11206 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
11207 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
11208 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
11209 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
11210
11211 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
11212 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
11213
11214 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
11215 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
11216 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
11217
11218 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
11219 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
11220 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
11221 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
11222 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
11223 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
11224 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
11225 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
11226 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
11227 permanent modifications to the system.
11228
11229 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
11230 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
11231 container or chroot environments.
11232
11233 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
11234 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
11235 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
11236 mapped to nobody.
11237
11238 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
11239 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
11240 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
11241 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
11242
11243 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
11244 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
11245
11246 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
11247 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
11248 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
11249 and the support is provisional.
11250
11251 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
11252 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
11253 unit files in the file system).
11254
11255 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
11256 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
11257 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
11258 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
11259 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
11260 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
11261 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
11262 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
11263 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
11264 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
11265 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
11266 state is fixed automatically.
11267
11268 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
11269 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
11270 option.
11271
11272 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
11273 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
11274 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
11275 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
11276 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
11277 else.
11278
11279 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
11280 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
11281 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
11282 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
11283 bootable on physical systems.
11284
11285 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
11286
11287 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
11288 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
11289 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
11290 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
11291 used.
11292
11293 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
11294 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
11295 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
11296 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
11297
11298 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
11299
11300 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
11301 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
11302 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
11303 of the container).
11304
11305 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
11306 files from the specified location.
11307
11308 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
11309 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
11310 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
11311 be active.
11312
11313 * The hardware database has been extended to support
11314 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
11315 trackball devices.
11316
11317 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
11318 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
11319 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
11320
11321 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
11322 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
11323 specified service binary exited.)
11324
11325 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
11326 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
11327
11328 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
11329 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
11330 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
11331 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
11332 --since= and --until= options.
11333
11334 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
11335 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
11336 are automatically propagated to the container.
11337
11338 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
11339 from a single IP address can be limited with
11340 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
11341 MaxConnections=.
11342
11343 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
11344 configuration.
11345
11346 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
11347 drop-ins.
11348
11349 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
11350 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
11351 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
11352 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
11353 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
11354 [Link] section of .link files.
11355
11356 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
11357 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
11358 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
11359 section of .netdev files.
11360
11361 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
11362 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
11363 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
11364
11365 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
11366 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
11367 .network files.
11368
11369 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
11370 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
11371 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
11372 service runtime cycle.
11373
11374 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
11375 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
11376 has been traditionally doing.
11377
11378 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
11379 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
11380 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
11381 prevent any later plugins from running.
11382
11383 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
11384 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
11385 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
11386 default of SplitMode=uid.
11387
11388 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
11389 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
11390 useful.
11391
11392 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
11393 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
11394 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
11395 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
11396 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
11397 individual namespaces.
11398
11399 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
11400 the output, as well as OS release information.
11401
11402 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
11403
11404 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
11405 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
11406 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
11407 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
11408 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
11409
11410 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
11411 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
11412 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
11413 severed.
11414
11415 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
11416 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
11417 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
11418 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
11419 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
11420 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
11421 information about exit statuses and results.
11422
11423 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
11424 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
11425 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
11426 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
11427 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
11428 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
11429
11430 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
11431
11432 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
11433 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
11434 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
11435 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
11436 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
11437 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
11438 entirely.
11439
11440 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
11441 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
11442 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
11443
11444 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
11445 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
11446 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
11447 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
11448 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
11449 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
11450 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
11451 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
11452 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
11453 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
11454 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
11455 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
11456 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
11457 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
11458 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
11459 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
11460 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
11461
11462 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
11463 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
11464 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
11465 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
11466
11467 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
11468 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
11469 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
11470 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
11471
11472 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
11473 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
11474 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
11475 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
11476 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
11477 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
11478 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
11479 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
11480 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
11481 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
11482 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
11483 fragment entirely.)
11484
11485 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
11486 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
11487 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
11488
11489 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
11490 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
11491 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
11492 FileDescriptorName= setting.
11493
11494 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
11495 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
11496 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
11497 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
11498 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
11499 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
11500
11501 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
11502 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
11503
11504 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
11505 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
11506
11507 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
11508 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
11509 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
11510 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
11511 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
11512
11513 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
11514 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
11515 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
11516 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11517 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
11518 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
11519 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
11520 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
11521 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
11522 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
11523 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
11524 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
11525 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
11526 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
11527 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11528 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
11529 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
11530 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
11531 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
11532 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
11533 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
11534 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
11535 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
11536 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
11537 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11538 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
11539
11540 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
11541
11542 CHANGES WITH 231:
11543
11544 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
11545 with an additional special character as first argument of the
11546 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
11547 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
11548 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
11549 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
11550 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
11551 independently.
11552
11553 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
11554 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
11555
11556 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
11557 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
11558 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
11559 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
11560 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
11561 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
11562 values.
11563
11564 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
11565 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
11566 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
11567 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
11568 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
11569
11570 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
11571 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
11572 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
11573 7:10am every day.
11574
11575 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
11576 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
11577 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
11578 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
11579 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
11580 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
11581 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
11582 available for compatibility.
11583
11584 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
11585 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
11586 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
11587 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
11588 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
11589 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
11590
11591 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
11592 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
11593 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
11594 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
11595 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
11596 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
11597 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
11598 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
11599 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
11600
11601 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
11602 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
11603 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
11604 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
11605 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
11606 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
11607 desired options.
11608
11609 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
11610 cgroup v2.
11611
11612 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
11613 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
11614 limited to subgroups of that group.
11615
11616 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
11617 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
11618 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
11619 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
11620 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
11621 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
11622 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
11623 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
11624
11625 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
11626 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
11627 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
11628 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
11629 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
11630 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
11631 own long-running services.
11632
11633 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
11634 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
11635 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
11636 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
11637
11638 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
11639 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
11640 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
11641 propagates this notification further to the service manager
11642 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
11643 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
11644 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
11645 primitives.
11646
11647 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
11648 "terminate".
11649
11650 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
11651 link-local IPv6 addresses.
11652
11653 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
11654 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
11655 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
11656 --flush-caches".
11657
11658 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
11659 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
11660 is shown.
11661
11662 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
11663 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
11664 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
11665 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
11666 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
11667 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
11668
11669 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
11670 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
11671 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
11672 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
11673 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
11674 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
11675 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
11676 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
11677 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
11678 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
11679 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
11680 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
11681 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
11682 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
11683 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
11684 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
11685 bus API instead.
11686
11687 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
11688 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
11689 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
11690 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
11691
11692 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
11693 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
11694 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
11695 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
11696
11697 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
11698 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
11699 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
11700
11701 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
11702 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
11703
11704 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
11705 interface configuration.
11706
11707 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
11708 specifying the --force switch.
11709
11710 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
11711 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
11712 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
11713
11714 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
11715 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
11716 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
11717 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
11718 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
11719 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
11720 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
11721 to be handled.
11722
11723 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
11724 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
11725
11726 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
11727 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
11728
11729 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
11730 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
11731 of persistent symlinks for that device.
11732
11733 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
11734 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
11735
11736 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
11737 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
11738 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
11739 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
11740 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
11741 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
11742 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
11743 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
11744 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
11745 library.
11746
11747 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
11748 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
11749 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
11750 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
11751 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
11752 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
11753 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
11754 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
11755 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
11756 doc/HACKING for details.
11757
11758 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
11759 distribution's bugtracker.
11760
11761 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
11762 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
11763 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
11764 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
11765 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
11766 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
11767 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
11768 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
11769 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
11770 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
11771 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
11772 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
11773 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
11774 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
11775 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
11776 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
11777 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
11778 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
11779 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11780
11781 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
11782
11783 CHANGES WITH 230:
11784
11785 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
11786 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
11787 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
11788 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
11789 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
11790 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
11791 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
11792 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
11793 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
11794 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
11795 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
11796 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
11797 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
11798 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
11799 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
11800 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
11801 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
11802 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
11803 applications.)
11804
11805 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
11806 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
11807 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
11808
11809 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
11810 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
11811 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
11812 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
11813 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
11814 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
11815 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
11816
11817 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
11818 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
11819 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
11820 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
11821 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
11822 command works for tmux.
11823
11824 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
11825 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
11826 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
11827 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
11828 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
11829 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
11830
11831 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
11832 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
11833
11834 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
11835 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
11836 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
11837
11838 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
11839
11840 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
11841 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
11842 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
11843 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
11844 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
11845
11846 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
11847 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
11848 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
11849 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
11850
11851 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
11852 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
11853 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
11854 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
11855 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
11856 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
11857
11858 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
11859 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
11860 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
11861
11862 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
11863 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
11864 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
11865 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
11866 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
11867 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
11868
11869 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
11870 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
11871 address.
11872
11873 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
11874 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
11875 should be emitted.
11876
11877 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
11878 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
11879 supported.
11880
11881 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
11882 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
11883 logging performance.
11884
11885 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11886 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
11887 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
11888 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
11889 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
11890 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
11891
11892 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
11893 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
11894 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
11895 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
11896
11897 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
11898 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
11899
11900 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
11901 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
11902 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
11903
11904 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
11905
11906 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
11907 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
11908 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
11909 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
11910
11911 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
11912 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
11913 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
11914 refuse to operate on such files.
11915
11916 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
11917 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
11918 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
11919
11920 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
11921 just hidden container images.
11922
11923 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
11924 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
11925
11926 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
11927 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
11928 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
11929 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
11930 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
11931 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
11932 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
11933 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
11934 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
11935 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
11936 been changed to use this functionality by default.
11937
11938 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
11939 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
11940 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
11941 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
11942 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
11943 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
11944 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
11945 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
11946 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
11947 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
11948 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
11949 terminates.
11950
11951 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
11952 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
11953 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
11954 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
11955
11956 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
11957 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
11958 rate of the socket unit.
11959
11960 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
11961 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
11962 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
11963 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
11964 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
11965
11966 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
11967 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
11968 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
11969 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
11970 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
11971 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
11972 with this.
11973
11974 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
11975 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
11976
11977 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
11978 merged into the kernel in its current form.
11979
11980 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11981 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11982 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11983 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11984 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11985
11986 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11987 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11988 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11989
11990 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11991 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11992 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11993 target is now included in early userspace.
11994
11995 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11996 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11997 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11998 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11999 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
12000 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
12001 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
12002 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
12003 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
12004 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
12005 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
12006 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
12007 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
12008 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
12009 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
12010 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
12011 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
12012 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
12013 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
12014 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12015 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
12016 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
12017 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
12018 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
12019 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
12020 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12021
12022 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
12023
12024 CHANGES WITH 229:
12025
12026 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
12027 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
12028 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
12029 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
12030 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
12031 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
12032 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
12033 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
12034 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
12035 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
12036 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
12037 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
12038 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
12039
12040 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
12041 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
12042 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
12043 /usr/bin.
12044
12045 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
12046 devices.
12047
12048 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
12049 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
12050 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
12051 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
12052 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
12053 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
12054 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
12055 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
12056 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
12057 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
12058 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
12059 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
12060 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
12061 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
12062 this limit.
12063
12064 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
12065 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
12066 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
12067 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
12068 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
12069 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
12070 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
12071 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
12072
12073 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
12074 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
12075 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
12076 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
12077 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
12078 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
12079 and group at package installation time.
12080
12081 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
12082 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
12083 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
12084 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
12085 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
12086
12087 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
12088 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
12089 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
12090 supports it.
12091
12092 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
12093 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
12094
12095 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
12096 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
12097 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
12098 file is already initialized.
12099
12100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
12101 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
12102 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
12103 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
12104 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
12105 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
12106 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
12107 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
12108 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
12109
12110 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
12111 working directory for the process started in the container.
12112
12113 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
12114 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
12115 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
12116 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
12117 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
12118
12119 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
12120 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
12121 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
12122
12123 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
12124 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
12125 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
12126 sd_journal_restart_fields().
12127
12128 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
12129 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
12130 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
12131 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
12132 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
12133
12134 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
12135 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
12136 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
12137 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
12138
12139 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
12140 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
12141 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
12142 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
12143 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
12144 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
12145 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
12146 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
12147 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
12148 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
12149 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
12150 by PID 1.
12151
12152 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
12153 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
12154 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
12155 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
12156 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
12157 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
12158 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
12159 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
12160
12161 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
12162
12163 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
12164 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
12165 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
12166
12167 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
12168 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
12169 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
12170 recent kernels.
12171
12172 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
12173 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
12174
12175 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
12176 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
12177 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
12178 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
12179 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
12180 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
12181 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
12182 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
12183 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
12184 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
12185 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
12186 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
12187 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
12188
12189 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
12190 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
12191 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
12192 clusters or larger setups.
12193
12194 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
12195
12196 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
12197 sockets.
12198
12199 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
12200
12201 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
12202 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
12203 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
12204 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
12205 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
12206 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
12207
12208 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
12209 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
12210 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
12211
12212 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
12213 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
12214 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
12215 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
12216
12217 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
12218
12219 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
12220 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
12221 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
12222 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
12223 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
12224 maintain compatibility.
12225
12226 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
12227 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
12228 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
12229 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
12230 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
12231 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
12232 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
12233 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
12234 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
12235 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
12236 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
12237 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12238 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
12239 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
12240 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
12241 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
12242 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12243 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
12244 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12245
12246 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
12247
12248 CHANGES WITH 228:
12249
12250 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
12251 files are now also available as properties to set when
12252 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
12253 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
12254 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
12255 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
12256 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12257 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
12258 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
12259
12260 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
12261 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
12262 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
12263
12264 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
12265 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
12266 created transiently.
12267
12268 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
12269 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
12270 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
12271 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
12272 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
12273 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
12274 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
12275 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
12276
12277 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
12278 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
12279 disk and sync the files, before returning.
12280
12281 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
12282 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
12283 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
12284 enabled.
12285
12286 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
12287 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
12288 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
12289 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
12290 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
12291 subvolumes.
12292
12293 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
12294 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
12295
12296 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
12297 individual indexes.
12298
12299 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
12300 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
12301 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
12302 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
12303 now.
12304
12305 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
12306 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
12307 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
12308 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
12309 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
12310 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
12311 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
12312 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
12313 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
12314 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
12315 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
12316 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
12317 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
12318 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
12319 number of processes or tasks each user may own
12320 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
12321 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
12322 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
12323 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
12324 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
12325 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
12326
12327 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
12328 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
12329 links between the host and the container.
12330
12331 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
12332 added that allows importing select environment variables
12333 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
12334 the service.
12335
12336 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
12337 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
12338 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
12339 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
12340 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
12341 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
12342 than until they first elapse.
12343
12344 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
12345 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
12346 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
12347 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
12348 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
12349 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
12350 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
12351 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
12352
12353 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
12354 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
12355 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
12356 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
12357 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
12358 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
12359 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
12360 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
12361 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
12362 journal and in coredump handling.
12363
12364 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
12365 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
12366 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
12367 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
12368 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
12369 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
12370 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
12371 software you package still references it, as this is a
12372 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
12373 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
12374
12375 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
12376
12377 Note that only util-linux versions built with
12378 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
12379
12380 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
12381 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
12382 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
12383
12384 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
12385 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
12386 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
12387 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
12388 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
12389 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
12390 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
12391 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
12392 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
12393 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
12394 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
12395 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
12396 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
12397 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
12398 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
12399 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
12400
12401 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
12402 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
12403 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
12404 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
12405 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
12406 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
12407 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
12408 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
12409 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
12410 surprises.
12411
12412 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
12413 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
12414 to the various user database fields of the user that the
12415 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
12416 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
12417 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
12418 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
12419 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
12420 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
12421 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
12422 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
12423 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
12424 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
12425 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
12426 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
12427 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
12428 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
12429 of PID 1 is the root user).
12430
12431 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
12432 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
12433 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12434 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
12435 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12436 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
12437 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12438 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
12439 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12440 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
12441 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
12442 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
12443 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12444 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
12445 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12446
12447 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
12448
12449 CHANGES WITH 227:
12450
12451 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
12452 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
12453 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
12454
12455 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
12456 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
12457 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
12458 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
12459 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
12460 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
12461
12462 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
12463 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
12464 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
12465 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
12466 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
12467
12468 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
12469 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
12470 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
12471 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
12472 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
12473 packets on unestablished sockets.
12474
12475 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
12476 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
12477 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
12478 automatically.
12479
12480 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
12481 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
12482 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
12483
12484 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
12485 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
12486 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
12487 for disk IO.
12488
12489 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
12490 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
12491 removed.
12492
12493 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
12494 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
12495 directory is set to the home directory of the user
12496 configured in User=.
12497
12498 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
12499 directory of the selected user by default.
12500
12501 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
12502 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
12503 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
12504 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
12505 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
12506 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
12507 compat reasons.
12508
12509 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
12510 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
12511 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
12512 units.
12513
12514 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
12515 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
12516 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
12517 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
12518 level.
12519
12520 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
12521 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
12522 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
12523 namespaces work correctly.
12524
12525 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
12526 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
12527 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
12528 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
12529 activation.
12530
12531 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
12532 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
12533 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
12534 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
12535 system instance in a container.
12536
12537 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
12538 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
12539 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
12540 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
12541 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
12542 connections.
12543
12544 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
12545 show the control groups within a certain container only.
12546
12547 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
12548 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
12549 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
12550 processes attached, or similar.
12551
12552 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
12553 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
12554 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
12555
12556 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
12557 specifiers like %i or %f.
12558
12559 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
12560 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
12561 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
12562 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
12563
12564 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
12565 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
12566 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
12567 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
12568 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
12569 descriptors using sd_notify().
12570
12571 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
12572
12573 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
12574 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
12575
12576 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
12577 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
12578
12579 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
12580 .network files.
12581
12582 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
12583 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
12584 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
12585 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
12586 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
12587 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
12588 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
12589 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
12590 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
12591 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
12592 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
12593 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
12594 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
12595 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
12596 gdm-autologin is used.
12597
12598 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
12599 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
12600 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
12601 next to the image file.
12602
12603 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
12604 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
12605 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
12606 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
12607
12608 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
12609 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
12610 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
12611 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
12612 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
12613 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
12614
12615 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
12616 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
12617 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
12618 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
12619 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
12620 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
12621 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
12622 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
12623 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
12624 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
12625 number of files in place.
12626
12627 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
12628 on kernels where that is supported.
12629
12630 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
12631
12632 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
12633 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
12634 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
12635 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12636 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
12637 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
12638 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
12639 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
12640 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
12641 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
12642 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12643 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12644 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
12645 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
12646 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
12647 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12648 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
12649 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
12650
12651 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
12652
12653 CHANGES WITH 226:
12654
12655 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
12656 new features:
12657
12658 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
12659 information. It may be enabled and configured via
12660 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
12661 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
12662 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
12663 is any) is propagated.
12664
12665 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
12666 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
12667 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
12668 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
12669 information is enabled between host and containers by
12670 default now: the container will change its local timezone
12671 to what the host has set.
12672
12673 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
12674 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
12675
12676 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
12677 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
12678 information back, even if the server loses state.
12679
12680 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
12681 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
12682 PoolSize=.
12683
12684 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
12685 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
12686 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
12687 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
12688
12689 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
12690 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
12691 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
12692 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
12693 'dbus-daemon' systems.
12694
12695 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
12696 for virtio devices.
12697
12698 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
12699 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
12700 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
12701 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
12702 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
12703 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
12704 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
12705 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
12706 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
12707 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
12708 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
12709 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
12710 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
12711 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
12712 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
12713 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
12714 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
12715 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
12716 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
12717 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
12718 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
12719 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
12720 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
12721 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
12722 grants them.
12723
12724 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
12725 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
12726 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
12727 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
12728 group tree.
12729
12730 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
12731 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
12732 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
12733 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
12734 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
12735 work correctly in containers now.
12736
12737 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
12738 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
12739
12740 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
12741 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
12742 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
12743 function call is particularly useful when implementing
12744 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
12745
12746 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
12747 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
12748 signal events.
12749
12750 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
12751 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
12752 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
12753 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
12754
12755 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
12756 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
12757 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
12758 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
12759 nspawn command line.
12760
12761 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
12762 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
12763 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12764 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
12765 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
12766 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
12767 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12768 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
12769
12770 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
12771
12772 CHANGES WITH 225:
12773
12774 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
12775 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
12776 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
12777 shell directly without prompting for username or
12778 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
12779 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
12780 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
12781 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
12782 the originating session.
12783
12784 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
12785 options and allows other programs to query the values.
12786
12787 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
12788 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
12789 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
12790 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
12791 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
12792 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
12793 probably not stabilize on this release.
12794
12795 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
12796 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
12797 messages.
12798
12799 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
12800 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
12801 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
12802
12803 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
12804 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
12805
12806 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
12807 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
12808 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
12809 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
12810 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
12811 posteriori.
12812
12813 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
12814 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
12815
12816 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
12817 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
12818 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
12819 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
12820 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
12821 "lastlog" tools.
12822
12823 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
12824 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
12825 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
12826 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
12827 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
12828
12829 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
12830 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
12831 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
12832 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12833 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
12834 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
12835 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
12836 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
12837 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
12838 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
12839 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
12840 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12841
12842 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
12843
12844 CHANGES WITH 224:
12845
12846 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
12847 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
12848
12849 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
12850 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
12851 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
12852
12853 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
12854 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12855 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
12856
12857 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
12858
12859 CHANGES WITH 223:
12860
12861 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
12862 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
12863 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
12864 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12865
12866 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
12867 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
12868
12869 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
12870 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
12871
12872 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
12873
12874 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
12875 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
12876 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
12877
12878 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
12879 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
12880 decapsulated packet.
12881
12882 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
12883 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
12884 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
12885 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
12886 netlink attribute.
12887
12888 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
12889 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
12890 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
12891 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
12892
12893 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
12894 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
12895 according to RFC2460.
12896
12897 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
12898 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
12899
12900 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
12901 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
12902 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
12903
12904 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
12905 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
12906 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
12907 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
12908 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
12909 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
12910
12911 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
12912 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12913 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
12914 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12915 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12916 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
12917 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
12918 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
12919 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
12920 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12921
12922 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
12923
12924 CHANGES WITH 222:
12925
12926 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
12927 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
12928 or should be used to work around such bugs.
12929
12930 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
12931 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
12932
12933 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
12934 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
12935 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
12936 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
12937 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
12938
12939 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
12940 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
12941 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
12942
12943 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
12944 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
12945 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
12946 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
12947 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
12948
12949 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12950
12951 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
12952 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
12953 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
12954 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
12955 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
12956 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12957 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
12958 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
12959 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12960 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12961
12962 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
12963
12964 CHANGES WITH 221:
12965
12966 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
12967 stable and have been added to the official interface of
12968 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
12969 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
12970 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
12971 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
12972 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
12973 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
12974 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
12975 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
12976 portable to other kernels.
12977
12978 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
12979 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
12980 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12981 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12982 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12983 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12984 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12985 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12986 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12987 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12988 systemd enabled.
12989
12990 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12991 2.26.
12992
12993 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12994 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12995 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12996 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12997 in README for details.
12998
12999 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
13000 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
13001 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
13002 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
13003 unit.
13004
13005 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
13006 into man pages.
13007
13008 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
13009 external project.
13010
13011 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
13012 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
13013
13014 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
13015 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
13016 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
13017 state.
13018
13019 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
13020 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
13021 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
13022
13023 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
13024 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
13025 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
13026 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
13027 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
13028 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
13029 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
13030 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
13031 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
13032 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
13033 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
13034 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
13035 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
13036 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13037 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
13038 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13039
13040 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
13041
13042 CHANGES WITH 220:
13043
13044 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
13045 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
13046 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
13047 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
13048 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
13049 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
13050 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
13051 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
13052
13053 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
13054 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
13055 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
13056 service consumed). This value is only available if
13057 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
13058 in the "systemctl status" output.
13059
13060 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
13061 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
13062 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
13063 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
13064 previously was already the default behaviour).
13065
13066 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
13067 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
13068 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
13069
13070 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
13071 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
13072 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
13073 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
13074
13075 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
13076 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
13077 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
13078 journaling file systems that support external journal
13079 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
13080 systems to be mounted.
13081
13082 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
13083 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
13084 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
13085 stable release this should not be problematic.
13086
13087 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
13088 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
13089 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
13090 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
13091 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
13092
13093 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
13094 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
13095 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
13096 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
13097 network switches.
13098
13099 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
13100 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
13101
13102 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
13103 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
13104 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
13105
13106 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
13107
13108 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
13109 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
13110 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
13111 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
13112 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
13113 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
13114 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
13115 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
13116 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
13117 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
13118 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
13119 been fixed in v220.
13120
13121 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
13122 systemd-networkd.
13123
13124 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
13125 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
13126 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
13127 containers started from the command line.
13128
13129 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
13130 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
13131
13132 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
13133 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
13134 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
13135 indirection via a pseudo tty.
13136
13137 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
13138 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
13139 when shutting down.
13140
13141 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
13142 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
13143 overlayfs support.
13144
13145 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
13146 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
13147 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
13148 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
13149 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
13150 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
13151 images are imported via systemd-importd.
13152
13153 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
13154 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
13155 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
13156
13157 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
13158 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
13159 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
13160 of v1 as before).
13161
13162 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
13163 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
13164
13165 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
13166 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
13167 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
13168 without further privileges or authorization.
13169
13170 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
13171 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
13172 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
13173 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
13174 accessible via a bus interface.
13175
13176 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
13177 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
13178 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
13179 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
13180 to cover this functionality.
13181
13182 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
13183 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
13184 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
13185 disabled/masked also stopped.
13186
13187 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
13188 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
13189 updated to support systemd-boot.
13190
13191 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
13192 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
13193 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
13194 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
13195 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
13196 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
13197 like this and can extract OS release information from them
13198 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
13199 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
13200
13201 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
13202 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
13203 system.
13204
13205 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
13206 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
13207 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
13208 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
13209
13210 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
13211 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
13212 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
13213 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
13214
13215 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
13216 stick devices has been added.
13217
13218 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
13219 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
13220
13221 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
13222 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
13223 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
13224 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
13225 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
13226
13227 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
13228 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
13229 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
13230
13231 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
13232 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
13233 Debian.
13234
13235 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
13236 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
13237 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
13238
13239 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
13240 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
13241 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
13242 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
13243 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
13244 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
13245 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
13246 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
13247 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
13248 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
13249 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
13250 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
13251 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
13252 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
13253 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
13254 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
13255 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
13256 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
13257 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
13258 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
13259 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
13260 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
13261 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
13262 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
13263 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
13264 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
13265 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13266
13267 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
13268
13269 CHANGES WITH 219:
13270
13271 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
13272 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
13273 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
13274 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
13275 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
13276 interface with and update the database.
13277
13278 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
13279 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
13280 before bytewise copying is done.
13281
13282 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
13283 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
13284 directory, and immediately removed when the container
13285 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
13286 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
13287 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
13288 for starting a container off the root file system of the
13289 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
13290 available on btrfs file systems.
13291
13292 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
13293 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
13294 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
13295 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
13296 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
13297 systems.
13298
13299 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
13300 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
13301 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
13302 mount point remains.
13303
13304 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
13305 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
13306 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
13307 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
13308 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
13309 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
13310 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
13311 are disabled.
13312
13313 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
13314 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
13315 container to the host or vice versa.
13316
13317 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
13318 mount host directories into local containers. This is
13319 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
13320
13321 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
13322 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
13323
13324 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
13325 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
13326 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
13327 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
13328 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
13329 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
13330 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
13331 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
13332 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
13333 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
13334 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
13335 make the functionality of importd available to the
13336 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
13337 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
13338 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
13339 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
13340 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
13341 only fully supported on btrfs.
13342
13343 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
13344 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
13345 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
13346 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
13347 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
13348 information about images.
13349
13350 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
13351 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
13352 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
13353 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
13354 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
13355 legacy file systems).
13356
13357 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
13358 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
13359 shown in networkctl output.
13360
13361 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
13362 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
13363 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
13364 processes as system services while interactively
13365 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
13366 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
13367 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
13368 full login session, the difference being that the former
13369 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
13370 setup.
13371
13372 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
13373 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
13374 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
13375 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
13376 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
13377
13378 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
13379 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
13380 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
13381 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
13382 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
13383 via qemu/kvm.
13384
13385 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
13386 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
13387 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
13388 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
13389 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
13390 disk images, too.
13391
13392 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
13393 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
13394 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
13395 integrate with that.
13396
13397 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
13398 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
13399 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
13400 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
13401
13402 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
13403 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
13404 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
13405
13406 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
13407 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
13408 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
13409 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
13410 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
13411 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
13412 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
13413 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
13414 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
13415 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
13416
13417 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
13418 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
13419 files.
13420
13421 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
13422 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
13423 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
13424 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
13425 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
13426 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
13427 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
13428 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
13429 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
13430 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
13431 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
13432 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
13433 explicitly turned on.
13434
13435 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
13436 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
13437 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
13438 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
13439
13440 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
13441 supported.
13442
13443 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
13444 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
13445 user/session following the status output. Similar,
13446 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
13447 associated with a virtual machine or container
13448 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
13449 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
13450 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
13451 output however.)
13452
13453 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
13454 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
13455 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
13456 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
13457 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
13458 caller's session/user.
13459
13460 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
13461 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
13462 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
13463 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
13464 user services.
13465
13466 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
13467 same way as unit files.
13468
13469 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
13470 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
13471 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
13472 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
13473 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
13474 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
13475 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
13476 the host.
13477
13478 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
13479 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
13480 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
13481 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
13482 the host as if their services were running directly on the
13483 host.
13484
13485 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
13486 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
13487 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
13488 updated to make use of it too by default.
13489
13490 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
13491 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
13492 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
13493 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
13494
13495 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
13496 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
13497 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
13498 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
13499 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
13500 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
13501 modification.
13502
13503 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
13504 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
13505 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
13506 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
13507 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
13508 information about Touchpad types.
13509
13510 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
13511 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
13512
13513 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
13514 Policy link field.
13515
13516 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
13517 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
13518
13519 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
13520 ACLs on files.
13521
13522 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
13523 tmpfs, automatically.
13524
13525 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
13526 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
13527 status" output, if available.
13528
13529 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
13530 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
13531 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
13532 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
13533 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
13534 run on next reboot.
13535
13536 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
13537 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
13538 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
13539 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
13540 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
13541 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
13542 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
13543
13544 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
13545 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
13546 after a configurable timeout.
13547
13548 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
13549 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
13550 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
13551 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
13552 it non-idle.
13553
13554 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
13555 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
13556
13557 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
13558 each .network interface in networkd.
13559
13560 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
13561 in .network files.
13562
13563 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
13564 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
13565
13566 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
13567 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
13568 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
13569 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
13570 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
13571 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
13572 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
13573 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
13574 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
13575 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
13576 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
13577 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13578 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
13579 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
13580 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
13581 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
13582 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
13583 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
13584 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
13585 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
13586 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
13587 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
13588 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
13589 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13590
13591 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
13592
13593 CHANGES WITH 218:
13594
13595 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
13596 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
13597 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
13598 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
13599
13600 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
13601 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
13602 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
13603 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
13604 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
13605
13606 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
13607
13608 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
13609 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
13610 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
13611 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
13612 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
13613 modified configuration after editing.
13614
13615 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
13616 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
13617 system preset files.
13618
13619 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
13620 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
13621 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
13622 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
13623 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
13624 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
13625 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
13626 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
13627 other contexts.
13628
13629 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
13630 inhibitors.
13631
13632 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
13633 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
13634 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
13635 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
13636 managers.
13637
13638 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
13639 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
13640 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
13641 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
13642 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
13643 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
13644 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
13645 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
13646 parallel to journald.
13647
13648 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
13649 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
13650 available.
13651
13652 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
13653 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
13654 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
13655 or are not older than the specified time.
13656
13657 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
13658 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
13659 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
13660 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
13661
13662 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
13663 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
13664 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
13665 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
13666 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
13667 communication.
13668
13669 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
13670 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
13671 services.
13672
13673 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
13674 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
13675 including their signature and values. This is particularly
13676 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
13677 the new "busctl tree" command.
13678
13679 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
13680 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
13681 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
13682 friendly way.
13683
13684 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
13685 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
13686 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
13687 race-ful way.
13688
13689 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
13690 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
13691 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
13692 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
13693 --link-journal=try-guest.
13694
13695 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
13696 stable MAC addresses.
13697
13698 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
13699 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
13700 the respective unit shall use.
13701
13702 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
13703 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
13704 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
13705 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
13706
13707 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
13708 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
13709 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
13710 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
13711 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
13712 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
13713
13714 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
13715 details see:
13716
13717 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
13718
13719 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
13720 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
13721 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
13722 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
13723 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
13724 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
13725 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
13726 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
13727 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
13728 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
13729 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
13730 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
13731
13732 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
13733 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
13734 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
13735 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
13736 bluetooth, …) is used.
13737
13738 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
13739 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
13740 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
13741 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
13742 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
13743 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
13744 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
13745 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
13746
13747 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
13748 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
13749 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
13750 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
13751 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
13752 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
13753 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
13754 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
13755 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
13756 interface.
13757
13758 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
13759 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
13760 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
13761 luks.name= argument.
13762
13763 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
13764 (this was previously already available for scope and service
13765 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
13766 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
13767 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
13768 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
13769
13770 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
13771 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
13772 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
13773
13774 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
13775 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
13776 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
13777 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
13778 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
13779 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
13780 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
13781 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13782 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
13783 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
13784 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
13785 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
13786 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
13787 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
13788 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
13789 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13790 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
13791 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13792
13793 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
13794
13795 CHANGES WITH 217:
13796
13797 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
13798 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
13799 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
13800 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
13801
13802 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
13803 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
13804 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
13805 now waits until the operation is complete.
13806
13807 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
13808 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
13809 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
13810 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
13811 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
13812 connection.
13813
13814 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
13815 commands anymore.
13816
13817 * User units are now loaded also from
13818 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
13819 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
13820 supported, but is under the control of the user.
13821
13822 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
13823 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
13824 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
13825 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
13826 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
13827 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
13828 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
13829 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
13830 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
13831 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
13832 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
13833 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
13834 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
13835 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
13836 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
13837 question.
13838
13839 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
13840 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
13841 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
13842
13843 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
13844 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
13845 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
13846 command line to trigger resume.
13847
13848 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
13849 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
13850 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
13851 Desktop=systemd-console.
13852
13853 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
13854 systemd-networkd.
13855
13856 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
13857 from the information provided by the networking stack
13858 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
13859
13860 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
13861 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
13862
13863 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
13864 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
13865 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
13866
13867 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
13868
13869 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
13870 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
13871 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
13872 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
13873 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
13874 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
13875
13876 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
13877 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
13878 respected.
13879
13880 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
13881 virtualization.
13882
13883 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
13884 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
13885 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
13886 on.
13887
13888 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
13889
13890 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
13891
13892 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
13893 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
13894 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
13895 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
13896 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
13897 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
13898 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
13899
13900 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
13901 available for service units, that allows locking all service
13902 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
13903 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
13904 from the service's view entirely.
13905
13906 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
13907 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
13908
13909 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
13910 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
13911 session.
13912
13913 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
13914 legacy-free systems.
13915
13916 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
13917 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
13918 easily.
13919
13920 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
13921 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
13922 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
13923 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
13924 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
13925 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
13926 option.
13927
13928 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
13929 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
13930 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
13931 /usr.
13932
13933 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
13934 services, not only the main process.
13935
13936 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
13937 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
13938 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
13939 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
13940 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
13941
13942 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
13943 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
13944 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
13945 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
13946 directly from now on, again.
13947
13948 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
13949 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
13950 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
13951 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
13952 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
13953 enabling and disabling.
13954
13955 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
13956 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
13957 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
13958 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
13959 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
13960 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
13961 unnecessary or unlikely.
13962
13963 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
13964 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
13965 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
13966 "annually", "hourly", …).
13967
13968 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
13969 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
13970 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
13971 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
13972 overwritten at runtime.
13973
13974 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
13975 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
13976 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
13977 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
13978 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
13979 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
13980 segmentation fault.
13981
13982 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13983 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13984 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13985 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13986 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13987 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13988 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13989 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13990 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13991 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13992 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13993 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13994 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13995 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13996 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13997 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13998 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13999 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
14000 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14001 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
14002 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
14003 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14004
14005 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
14006
14007 CHANGES WITH 216:
14008
14009 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
14010 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
14011 implementations should add a
14012
14013 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
14014
14015 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
14016 default functionality.
14017
14018 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
14019 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
14020 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
14021 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
14022 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
14023 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
14024 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
14025 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
14026 files might need to be owned by them. A new
14027 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
14028 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
14029 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
14030 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
14031
14032 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
14033 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
14034 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
14035 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
14036 added eventually, too.
14037
14038 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
14039 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
14040 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
14041 new command to update these fields.
14042
14043 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
14044 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
14045 have been discovered via DHCP.
14046
14047 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
14048 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
14049 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
14050 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
14051 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
14052 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
14053 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
14054 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
14055 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
14056 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
14057 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
14058 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
14059 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
14060 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
14061 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
14062 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
14063 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
14064 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
14065 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
14066 implementation to systemd-resolved.
14067
14068 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
14069 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
14070 containers to their respective IP addresses.
14071
14072 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
14073 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
14074 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
14075 and present it to the user in a very friendly
14076 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
14077 control utility for networkd.
14078
14079 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
14080 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
14081 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
14082 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
14083 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
14084 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
14085 (NoDelay=).
14086
14087 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
14088 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
14089
14090 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
14091 be started only after time-sync.target has been
14092 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
14093 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
14094 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
14095 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
14096
14097 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
14098 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
14099 of the link.
14100
14101 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
14102 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
14103
14104 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
14105 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
14106
14107 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
14108 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
14109 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
14110 for DHCP.
14111
14112 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
14113 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
14114 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
14115 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
14116 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
14117 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
14118 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
14119 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
14120
14121 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
14122 validation of unit files.
14123
14124 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
14125 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
14126 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
14127 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
14128 address may now be configured.
14129
14130 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
14131 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
14132 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
14133 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
14134
14135 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
14136 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
14137
14138 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
14139 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
14140 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
14141 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
14142
14143 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
14144 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
14145 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
14146 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
14147 implementation.
14148
14149 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
14150 journal data to a remote system running
14151 systemd-journal-remote.
14152
14153 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
14154 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
14155 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
14156 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
14157 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
14158 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
14159 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
14160 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
14161 version, you have to turn this option on again
14162 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
14163
14164 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
14165 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
14166 better than XZ which was the previous default.
14167
14168 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
14169 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
14170
14171 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
14172 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
14173
14174 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
14175 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
14176 "systemctl status" output for a service.
14177
14178 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
14179 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
14180 hostname, root password) interactively on first
14181 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
14182 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
14183
14184 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
14185
14186 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
14187
14188 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
14189 when primary addresses are removed.
14190
14191 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
14192 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
14193 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
14194 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
14195 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
14196 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
14197 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14198 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
14199 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
14200 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
14201 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
14202 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
14203 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
14204 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
14205 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14206
14207 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
14208
14209 CHANGES WITH 215:
14210
14211 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
14212 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
14213 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
14214 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
14215 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
14216 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
14217 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
14218 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
14219 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
14220 require.
14221
14222 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
14223 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
14224
14225 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
14226 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
14227 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
14228 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
14229 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
14230 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
14231 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
14232
14233 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
14234 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
14235 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
14236 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
14237 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
14238 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
14239 update or reset should use this condition and order
14240 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
14241 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
14242 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
14243 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
14244 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
14245 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
14246 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
14247 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
14248 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
14249
14250 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
14251
14252 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
14253 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
14254 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
14255 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
14256
14257 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
14258 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
14259 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
14260 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
14261 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
14262 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
14263 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
14264 .network files using settings of this section should be
14265 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
14266 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
14267
14268 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
14269 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
14270
14271 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
14272 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
14273 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
14274 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
14275 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
14276 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
14277 of nspawn instances.
14278
14279 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
14280 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
14281 added.
14282
14283 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
14284 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
14285 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
14286 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
14287 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
14288 configuration stored in /etc.
14289
14290 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
14291 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
14292 parsing of unknown mount options.
14293
14294 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
14295 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
14296 it already exist and not already be the correct
14297 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
14298 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
14299 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
14300 pre-existing files of different types.
14301
14302 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
14303 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
14304 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
14305 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
14306 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
14307 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
14308 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
14309
14310 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
14311 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
14312 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
14313 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
14314 shall be executed.
14315
14316 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
14317 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
14318 example whether it is fully up and running.
14319
14320 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
14321 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
14322 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
14323 reset.
14324
14325 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
14326 most basic services systemd ships by default.
14327
14328 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
14329 field for defining the default instance to create if a
14330 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
14331
14332 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
14333 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
14334 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
14335
14336 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
14337 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
14338 access to this group.
14339
14340 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
14341 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
14342 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
14343 to the journal.
14344
14345 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
14346 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
14347 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
14348 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
14349 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
14350 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
14351
14352 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
14353 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
14354 that makes sure to only show information about the most
14355 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
14356 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
14357 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
14358 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
14359 the old name to the new name.
14360
14361 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
14362 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
14363 coredumpctl without restrictions.
14364
14365 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
14366 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
14367 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
14368 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
14369 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
14370 "systemd-debug-generator".
14371
14372 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
14373 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
14374 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
14375 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
14376 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
14377 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
14378 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
14379 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
14380 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
14381 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
14382 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
14383
14384 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
14385 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
14386 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
14387 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
14388 been added to query many of these paths for the local
14389 machine and user.
14390
14391 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
14392 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
14393 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
14394 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
14395 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
14396
14397 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
14398 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
14399 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
14400 couple of drop-in directories.
14401
14402 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
14403 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
14404 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
14405 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
14406 for dev_port.
14407
14408 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
14409 container (read from /etc/os-release and
14410 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
14411 "machinectl status" for a machine.
14412
14413 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
14414 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
14415 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
14416 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
14417 Restart= setting.
14418
14419 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
14420 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
14421 directly connect to a specific container on the
14422 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
14423 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
14424 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
14425 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
14426 containers is a privileged operation.
14427
14428 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
14429 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
14430 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
14431 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
14432 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14433 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
14434 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
14435 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
14436 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
14437 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
14438 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
14439 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14440
14441 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
14442
14443 CHANGES WITH 214:
14444
14445 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
14446 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
14447 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
14448 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
14449 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
14450 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
14451 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
14452 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
14453 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
14454 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
14455 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
14456 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
14457 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
14458 devices are excluded from this logic.
14459
14460 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
14461 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
14462 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
14463 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
14464 change has been released.
14465
14466 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
14467 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
14468 libattr is thus unnecessary.
14469
14470 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
14471 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
14472 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
14473 with fewer privileges.
14474
14475 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
14476 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
14477 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
14478 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
14479
14480 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
14481 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
14482
14483 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
14484 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
14485
14486 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
14487 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
14488 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
14489
14490 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
14491 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
14492 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
14493 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
14494 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
14495 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
14496
14497 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
14498 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
14499 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
14500
14501 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
14502 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
14503 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
14504 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
14505 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
14506 modifications of user data or system files from
14507 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
14508 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
14509
14510 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
14511 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
14512 and FIFOs in the file system.
14513
14514 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
14515 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
14516 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
14517
14518 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
14519 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
14520 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
14521 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
14522 the socket itself.
14523
14524 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
14525 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
14526 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
14527 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
14528 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
14529 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
14530 symlinks, and nothing else.
14531
14532 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
14533 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
14534 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
14535 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
14536 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
14537 process (for example, the parent process). The
14538 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
14539 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
14540 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
14541 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
14542 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
14543 messages to services when the originating process already
14544 vanished.
14545
14546 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
14547 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
14548 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
14549 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
14550 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
14551 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
14552 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
14553 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
14554 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
14555 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
14556 all long-running services.
14557
14558 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
14559 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
14560 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
14561 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
14562 service.
14563
14564 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
14565 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
14566 applied to all submounts, too.
14567
14568 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
14569
14570 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
14571 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
14572 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
14573 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
14574 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
14575 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
14576 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
14577
14578 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
14579 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
14580 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
14581 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
14582 (domU) domains.
14583
14584 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
14585 files or entire directories.
14586
14587 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
14588 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
14589 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
14590 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
14591 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
14592
14593 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
14594 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
14595 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
14596 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
14597 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
14598 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
14599 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
14600 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
14601 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
14602 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
14603 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
14604 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
14605
14606 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
14607 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
14608 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
14609 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
14610
14611 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
14612 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
14613 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
14614 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
14615 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
14616 non-directories.
14617
14618 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
14619 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
14620 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
14621
14622 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
14623 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
14624 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
14625 this group.
14626
14627 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
14628 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
14629 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
14630 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
14631 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14632 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
14633 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14634
14635 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
14636
14637 CHANGES WITH 213:
14638
14639 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
14640 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
14641 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
14642 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
14643 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
14644 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
14645 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
14646 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
14647 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
14648 client should be more than appropriate for most
14649 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
14650 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
14651 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
14652 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
14653 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
14654 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
14655 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
14656 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
14657 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
14658 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
14659 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
14660
14661 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
14662 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
14663 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
14664 part of a different namespace.
14665
14666 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
14667 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
14668 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
14669 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
14670
14671 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
14672 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
14673 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
14674
14675 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
14676 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
14677 when a service fails. This works similarly to
14678 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
14679 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
14680 restart the service in question.
14681
14682 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
14683 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
14684 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
14685 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
14686 details when running non-locally.
14687
14688 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
14689 graphs it generates.
14690
14691 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
14692 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
14693 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
14694 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
14695 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
14696
14697 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
14698
14699 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
14700 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
14701 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
14702 what it was on SysV systems.
14703
14704 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
14705 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
14706
14707 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
14708 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
14709 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
14710
14711 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
14712 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
14713 to show these addresses in its output.
14714
14715 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
14716 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
14717 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
14718 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
14719 preferred over a text one.
14720
14721 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
14722 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
14723 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
14724 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
14725 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
14726 mDNS cache.
14727
14728 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
14729 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
14730 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
14731 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
14732 of network configuration performed in some other way.
14733
14734 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
14735 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
14736 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
14737 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
14738 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
14739
14740 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
14741 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
14742 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
14743 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
14744 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
14745 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
14746 overrides any other settings.
14747
14748 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
14749 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
14750 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
14751 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
14752 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
14753 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
14754 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
14755 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
14756 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14757 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14758 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
14759 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
14760 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
14761 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
14762 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
14763 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
14764 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14765
14766 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
14767
14768 CHANGES WITH 212:
14769
14770 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
14771 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
14772 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
14773 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
14774 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
14775 by accident.
14776
14777 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
14778 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
14779 registered with machined.
14780
14781 * sd-login gained new calls
14782 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
14783 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
14784 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
14785 counterparts.
14786
14787 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
14788 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
14789 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
14790 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
14791 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
14792 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
14793 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
14794 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
14795 once.
14796
14797 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
14798 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
14799 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
14800
14801 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
14802 units on all local containers, when used with the
14803 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
14804 executed when no parameters are specified).
14805
14806 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
14807 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
14808 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
14809 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
14810
14811 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
14812 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
14813 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
14814 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
14815 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
14816 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
14817
14818 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
14819 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
14820 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
14821 of the container.
14822
14823 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
14824 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
14825 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
14826 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
14827 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
14828 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
14829 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
14830 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
14831
14832 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
14833 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
14834 instead of /.
14835
14836 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
14837 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
14838 emergency messages now.
14839
14840 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
14841 journal log messages across the network.
14842
14843 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
14844 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
14845 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
14846 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
14847 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
14848 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
14849 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
14850
14851 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
14852 down a local OS container.
14853
14854 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
14855 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
14856 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
14857
14858 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
14859 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
14860 this is appropriate.
14861
14862 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
14863 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
14864 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
14865
14866 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
14867 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
14868 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
14869 for debugging purposes.
14870
14871 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
14872 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
14873 in seconds.
14874
14875 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
14876 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
14877 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
14878 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
14879 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
14880 like on traditional inetd.
14881
14882 * A new system.conf configuration option
14883 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
14884 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
14885
14886 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
14887 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
14888 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
14889 do these days).
14890
14891 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
14892 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
14893 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
14894 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
14895 could not take place because the system was powered off.
14896 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
14897
14898 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
14899 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
14900 it will be triggered.
14901
14902 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
14903 addresses to its local interfaces.
14904
14905 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
14906 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
14907 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
14908 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
14909 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
14910 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
14911 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
14912 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
14913 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14914
14915 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
14916
14917 CHANGES WITH 211:
14918
14919 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
14920 added to restrict which socket address families unit
14921 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
14922 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
14923 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
14924 is built on seccomp system call filters.
14925
14926 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
14927 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
14928 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
14929 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
14930 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
14931 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
14932 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
14933 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
14934 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
14935
14936 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
14937 matching against device group names.
14938
14939 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
14940 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
14941 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
14942 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
14943 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
14944 though.
14945
14946 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
14947 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
14948 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
14949 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
14950 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14951 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
14952 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
14953 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
14954 systems prepared appropriately.
14955
14956 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
14957 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
14958 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14959 (see above). This means that installations made with
14960 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
14961 deployed using container managers, completely
14962 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
14963 this feature soon, too.)
14964
14965 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
14966 set up a private macvlan interface for the
14967 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
14968 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
14969
14970 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
14971 using IPv4LL.
14972
14973 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
14974 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
14975 systemd-networkd.
14976
14977 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
14978 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
14979 still not a public API though (unless you specify
14980 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14981 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14982
14983 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14984 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14985 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14986 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14987 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14988 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14989 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14990 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14991 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14992 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14993 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14994 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14995 users.
14996
14997 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14998 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14999 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
15000 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
15001 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
15002 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
15003 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
15004 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
15005 due to a closed lid.
15006
15007 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
15008 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
15009 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
15010 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
15011 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
15012 order to then act as suspend blocker.
15013
15014 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
15015 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
15016 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
15017 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
15018 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
15019
15020 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
15021 now also work in --scope mode.
15022
15023 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
15024 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
15025 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
15026 promises are made.)
15027
15028 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
15029 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
15030 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
15031 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
15032 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
15033 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
15034 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
15035 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
15036 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
15037 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15038
15039 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
15040
15041 CHANGES WITH 210:
15042
15043 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
15044 according to SMACK rules.
15045
15046 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
15047 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
15048
15049 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
15050 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
15051 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
15052
15053 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
15054 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
15055 and machine ID.
15056
15057 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
15058 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
15059 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
15060 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
15061 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
15062 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
15063 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
15064 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
15065 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
15066 backpack or similar.
15067
15068 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
15069 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
15070 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
15071 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
15072 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
15073 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
15074 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
15075 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
15076 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
15077 this on its own.
15078
15079 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
15080 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
15081 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
15082 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
15083
15084 * We will now ship a default .network file for
15085 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
15086 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
15087 --network-bridge= switches.
15088
15089 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
15090 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
15091 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
15092 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
15093 metrics, according to what is customary according to
15094 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
15095 each configuration option.
15096
15097 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
15098 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
15099 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
15100 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
15101 at once.
15102
15103 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
15104 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
15105 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
15106 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
15107 triggered by other work being done in the program.
15108
15109 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
15110 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
15111 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
15112 default however.
15113
15114 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
15115 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
15116 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
15117 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
15118 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
15119 them with systemd-networkd.
15120
15121 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
15122 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
15123 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
15124 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
15125 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
15126 is drastically increased, but given that these are
15127 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
15128 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
15129 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
15130 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
15131 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
15132 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
15133 during a transitional period!
15134
15135 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
15136 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
15137
15138 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
15139 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
15140 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
15141 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
15142 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
15143 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15144 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
15145 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15146
15147 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
15148
15149 CHANGES WITH 209:
15150
15151 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
15152 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
15153 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
15154 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
15155 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
15156 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
15157 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
15158 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
15159 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
15160 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
15161 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
15162 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
15163
15164 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
15165 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
15166 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
15167 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
15168 machines and the like.
15169
15170 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
15171 shutdown/boot.
15172
15173 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
15174 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
15175
15176 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
15177 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
15178 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
15179 prepared for additional security frameworks.
15180
15181 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
15182 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
15183 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
15184 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
15185 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
15186 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
15187
15188 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
15189 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
15190 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
15191 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
15192 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
15193 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
15194 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
15195 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
15196 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
15197
15198 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
15199 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
15200
15201 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
15202 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
15203 implementation.
15204
15205 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
15206 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
15207 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
15208 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
15209 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
15210 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
15211 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
15212 and .service units.
15213
15214 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
15215 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
15216 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
15217
15218 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
15219 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
15220 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
15221 nothing makes use of it.
15222
15223 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
15224 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
15225 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
15226
15227 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
15228 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
15229 compatibility purposes.
15230
15231 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
15232 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
15233 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
15234 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
15235 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
15236 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
15237 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
15238 process handling.
15239
15240 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
15241 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
15242 style to "sd-bus.h".
15243
15244 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
15245 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
15246 "systemd-networkd".
15247
15248 * There is a new kernel command line option
15249 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
15250 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
15251 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
15252 are not restored.
15253
15254 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
15255 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
15256 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
15257 PID1's support for that anymore.
15258
15259 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
15260 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
15261
15262 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
15263 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
15264 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
15265 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
15266 container that is registered with machined, such as those
15267 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
15268
15269 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
15270 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
15271 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
15272 onto remote systems.
15273
15274 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
15275 login in any local container. This works with any container
15276 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
15277 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
15278
15279 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
15280 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
15281 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
15282 system of some kind.
15283
15284 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
15285 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
15286 next.
15287
15288 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
15289 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
15290 reboot() system call.
15291
15292 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
15293 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
15294 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
15295 still available but not advertised anymore.
15296
15297 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
15298 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
15299 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
15300 within each Unit.
15301
15302 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
15303 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
15304 the kernel).
15305
15306 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
15307 timestamps (following the setting in
15308 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
15309
15310 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
15311 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
15312
15313 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
15314 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
15315
15316 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
15317 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
15318 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
15319
15320 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
15321 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
15322 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
15323 the full configuration is shown.
15324
15325 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
15326 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
15327 those commands which take multiple unit names.
15328
15329 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
15330
15331 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
15332 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
15333
15334 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
15335 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
15336 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
15337 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
15338
15339 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
15340 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
15341 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
15342 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
15343
15344 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
15345 of the legend text.
15346
15347 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
15348 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
15349 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
15350 remote sessions.
15351
15352 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
15353 information of SDIO devices.
15354
15355 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
15356 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
15357 the system manager.
15358
15359 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
15360 short description of the connection parameters in the
15361 description.
15362
15363 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
15364 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
15365 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
15366 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
15367 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
15368 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
15369 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
15370
15371 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
15372 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
15373 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
15374 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
15375 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
15376 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
15377 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
15378 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
15379 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
15380
15381 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
15382 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
15383 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
15384 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
15385 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
15386 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
15387 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
15388 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
15389 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
15390 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
15391 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
15392 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
15393 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
15394 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
15395 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
15396 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
15397 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
15398 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
15399 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
15400 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
15401 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
15402 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
15403 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
15404
15405 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
15406 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
15407 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
15408 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
15409 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
15410 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
15411 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
15412 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
15413 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
15414 that you are aware of the instability of the current
15415 APIs.
15416
15417 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
15418 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
15419 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
15420 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
15421 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
15422 declare the APIs stable.
15423
15424 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
15425 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
15426 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
15427 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
15428 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
15429 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
15430 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
15431 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
15432 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
15433 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
15434 one of them is updated.
15435
15436 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
15437 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
15438 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
15439 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
15440 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
15441
15442 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
15443 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
15444 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
15445 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
15446 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
15447 entry points.
15448
15449 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
15450 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
15451 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
15452 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
15453 been disabled at compile-time.
15454
15455 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
15456 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
15457 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
15458 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
15459
15460 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
15461 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
15462 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
15463
15464 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
15465 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
15466 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
15467
15468 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
15469 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
15470 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
15471
15472 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
15473 remains until jobs expire.
15474
15475 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
15476 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
15477 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
15478 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
15479 all remaining processes of the service.
15480
15481 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
15482 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
15483 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
15484 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
15485 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
15486 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
15487 manager process which created them takes no further
15488 responsibilities for it.
15489
15490 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
15491 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
15492 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
15493 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
15494 marked executable or world-writable.
15495
15496 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
15497 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
15498 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
15499 "--setenv=" for consistency.
15500
15501 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
15502 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
15503 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
15504 independent of the host.
15505
15506 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
15507 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
15508 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
15509 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
15510
15511 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
15512 with specific SELinux labels set.
15513
15514 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
15515 any additional output but the container's own console
15516 output.
15517
15518 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
15519 container without PID namespacing enabled.
15520
15521 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
15522 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
15523 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
15524 OS images, but only specific apps.
15525
15526 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
15527 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
15528 results in registration of the unit service itself in
15529 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
15530
15531 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
15532 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
15533 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
15534 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
15535 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
15536 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
15537
15538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
15539 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
15540 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
15541 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
15542 units to use.
15543
15544 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
15545 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
15546 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
15547 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
15548
15549 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
15550 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
15551 context for a service.
15552
15553 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
15554 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
15555 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
15556 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
15557 influence this logic.
15558
15559 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
15560 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
15561 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
15562 other things.
15563
15564 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
15565 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
15566 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
15567 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
15568 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
15569 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
15570 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
15571 architectures). There is also a global
15572 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
15573 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
15574
15575 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
15576 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
15577
15578 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
15579 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
15580 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15581 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
15582 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
15583 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
15584 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
15585 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
15586 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
15587 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
15588 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
15589 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
15590 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15591 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
15592 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
15593 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
15594 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
15595 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
15596 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
15597 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
15598 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
15599 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
15600 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
15601 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15602
15603 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
15604
15605 CHANGES WITH 208:
15606
15607 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
15608 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
15609 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
15610 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
15611 access input and drm devices which are normally
15612 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
15613 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
15614 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
15615 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
15616 session switching without allowing background sessions to
15617 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
15618 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
15619 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
15620
15621 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
15622 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
15623 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
15624
15625 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
15626 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
15627 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
15628 kernel version number.
15629
15630 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
15631 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
15632 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
15633
15634 * This release removes high-level support for the
15635 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
15636 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
15637 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
15638 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
15639
15640 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
15641 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
15642 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
15643 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
15644 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
15645 cgroup system.
15646
15647 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
15648 messages containing the slice a message was generated
15649 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
15650 logs among other things.
15651
15652 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
15653 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
15654 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
15655 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
15656 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
15657 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
15658 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
15659 journald which would be necessary to resolve
15660 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
15661 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
15662 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
15663 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
15664 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
15665 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
15666 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
15667 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
15668 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
15669 not delayed until next reboot.
15670
15671 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
15672 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
15673 systemd generated files in one directory.
15674
15675 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
15676 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
15677 performance information if that's available to determine how
15678 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
15679 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
15680 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
15681
15682 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
15683 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
15684 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
15685 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15686 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
15687 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
15688 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15689
15690 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
15691
15692 CHANGES WITH 207:
15693
15694 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
15695 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
15696 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
15697 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
15698
15699 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
15700 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
15701 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
15702 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
15703 specified on the kernel command line less important.
15704
15705 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
15706 retrieve the VT number of a session.
15707
15708 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
15709 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
15710 maximum number of tries.
15711
15712 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
15713 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
15714 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
15715
15716 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
15717 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
15718
15719 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
15720 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
15721 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
15722
15723 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
15724 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
15725 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
15726
15727 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
15728 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
15729 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
15730 and type).
15731
15732 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
15733 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
15734
15735 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
15736 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
15737 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
15738 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
15739
15740 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
15741 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
15742 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
15743 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
15744 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
15745 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
15746 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
15747 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
15748
15749 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
15750 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
15751 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
15752 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
15753
15754 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
15755 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
15756 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
15757 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
15758 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
15759 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
15760 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
15761
15762 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
15763 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
15764
15765 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
15766 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
15767 automatically after the process terminated.
15768
15769 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
15770 certain paths from operation.
15771
15772 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
15773 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
15774 is received.
15775
15776 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
15777 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
15778 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
15779 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
15780 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
15781 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
15782 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
15783 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
15784 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
15785 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
15786 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15787 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
15788 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15789
15790 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
15791
15792 CHANGES WITH 206:
15793
15794 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
15795 concepts introduced with 205.
15796
15797 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
15798 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
15799 -r".
15800
15801 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
15802 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
15803 --state= parameter.
15804
15805 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
15806 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
15807 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
15808 the journal.
15809
15810 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
15811 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
15812 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
15813
15814 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
15815 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
15816 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
15817 browsing logs from that point on.
15818
15819 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
15820 of an FSS key.
15821
15822 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
15823 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
15824 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
15825 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
15826 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
15827 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
15828 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
15829 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
15830 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
15831 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
15832 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
15833 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
15834 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
15835 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
15836
15837 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
15838 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
15839 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
15840 backing module right-away.
15841
15842 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
15843 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
15844
15845 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
15846 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
15847
15848 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
15849 set of processes in the message metadata.
15850
15851 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
15852
15853 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
15854 support for passing performance data via environment
15855 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
15856 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
15857 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
15858 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
15859 deserialize it again.
15860
15861 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
15862 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
15863 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
15864 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
15865
15866 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
15867 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
15868 completely silent shutdown when used.
15869
15870 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
15871 option in .socket units.
15872
15873 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
15874 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
15875 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
15876 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
15877 system.slice as before.
15878
15879 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
15880
15881 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
15882 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
15883 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15884 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
15885 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
15886 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
15887 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15888
15889 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
15890
15891 CHANGES WITH 205:
15892
15893 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
15894
15895 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
15896 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
15897 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
15898 possible for system services and applications to group their
15899 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
15900 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
15901 together, or apply resource limits on them.
15902
15903 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
15904 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
15905 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
15906 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
15907 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
15908
15909 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
15910 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
15911 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
15912 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
15913
15914 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
15915 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
15916 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
15917 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
15918 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
15919 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
15920 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
15921 and useful as a general batch manager.
15922
15923 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
15924 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
15925 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
15926 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
15927 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
15928 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
15929 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
15930 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
15931 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
15932 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
15933
15934 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
15935 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
15936 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
15937 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
15938 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
15939 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
15940 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
15941 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
15942 is compile-time optional.
15943
15944 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
15945 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
15946 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
15947 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
15948 well as slice units.
15949
15950 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
15951 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
15952 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
15953 but will be extended later on to make more properties
15954 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
15955 command that wraps this call.
15956
15957 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
15958 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
15959 while configuring a number of settings via the command
15960 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
15961 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
15962 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
15963 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
15964
15965 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
15966 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
15967 off audit.
15968
15969 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
15970 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
15971
15972 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
15973 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
15974 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
15975 and system logs.
15976
15977 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
15978 snippets extending unit files.
15979
15980 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15981 not available as public API.
15982
15983 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15984 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15985 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15986
15987 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15988 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15989 controls what to boot into by default.
15990
15991 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15992 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15993
15994 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15995 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15996 about the unit file loading.
15997
15998 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15999 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
16000 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
16001 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
16002 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
16003 racy due to journal file rotation.
16004
16005 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
16006 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
16007 all services.
16008
16009 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
16010 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
16011 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
16012 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
16013 system services want to log events about specific client
16014 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
16015 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
16016 unit is requested.
16017
16018 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
16019 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
16020 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
16021 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
16022 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
16023 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16024 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
16025 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
16026 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
16027 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
16028 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
16029 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
16030 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
16031
16032 CHANGES WITH 204:
16033
16034 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
16035 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
16036
16037 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
16038 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
16039 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
16040
16041 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
16042 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16043
16044 CHANGES WITH 203:
16045
16046 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
16047 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
16048
16049 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
16050 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
16051 fields, including the root directory.
16052
16053 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
16054 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
16055 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
16056 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
16057 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
16058 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
16059 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
16060 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
16061 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
16062 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
16063 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
16064
16065 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
16066 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
16067
16068 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
16069 have taken an inhibitor lock.
16070
16071 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
16072 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
16073 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
16074 the local hostname.
16075
16076 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
16077 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
16078 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
16079 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
16080 VMs/containers coming and going.
16081
16082 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
16083 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
16084 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
16085
16086 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
16087 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
16088 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
16089 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
16090
16091 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
16092 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
16093 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
16094
16095 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
16096 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
16097 services. With the container's root directory in
16098 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
16099 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
16100
16101 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
16102 the processes within a certain container.
16103
16104 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
16105 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
16106 check though. Patches welcome!
16107
16108 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
16109 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
16110 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
16111 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
16112 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
16113
16114 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
16115 the passed argument if applicable.
16116
16117 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
16118 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16119 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
16120 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
16121 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
16122 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
16123 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16124 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16125
16126 CHANGES WITH 202:
16127
16128 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
16129 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
16130 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
16131 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
16132 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
16133 units activate.
16134
16135 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
16136 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
16137 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
16138 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
16139 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
16140 for now, and not installable.
16141
16142 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
16143 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
16144 can run in conjunction with udev.
16145
16146 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
16147 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
16148 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
16149 session manager.
16150
16151 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
16152 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
16153 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
16154 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
16155 services, user processes and containers/virtual
16156 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
16157 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
16158 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
16159 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
16160 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
16161 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
16162
16163 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
16164
16165 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
16166 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
16167 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
16168 logical expressions.
16169
16170 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
16171 switches.
16172
16173 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
16174 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
16175 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
16176 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
16177 the user.
16178
16179 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
16180 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
16181 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
16182 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
16183 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
16184 an entry.
16185
16186 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
16187 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16188 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
16189 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16190 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
16191 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16192
16193 CHANGES WITH 201:
16194
16195 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
16196 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
16197 directory.
16198
16199 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
16200 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
16201 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
16202 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
16203 problem.
16204
16205 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
16206 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
16207 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
16208 before the key file is attempted to be read.
16209
16210 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
16211 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
16212
16213 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
16214 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
16215 files in this context are files such as
16216 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
16217
16218 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
16219 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
16220 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
16221 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
16222 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
16223 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
16224
16225 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
16226 hostnames.
16227
16228 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
16229 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
16230 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
16231 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
16232 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
16233 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
16234 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
16235 all time-related output of systemd.
16236
16237 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
16238 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
16239 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
16240 loops.
16241
16242 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
16243 (models, layouts, variants, options).
16244
16245 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
16246 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
16247 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
16248 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
16249 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
16250
16251 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
16252 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
16253 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
16254 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
16255 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
16256 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
16257 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
16258
16259 CHANGES WITH 200:
16260
16261 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
16262 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
16263 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
16264 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
16265 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
16266 middle ground between physical and access time order.
16267
16268 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
16269 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
16270 images.
16271
16272 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
16273 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
16274 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16275
16276 CHANGES WITH 199:
16277
16278 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
16279
16280 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
16281 security policy.
16282
16283 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
16284 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
16285 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
16286 shared by all processes of a service (which means
16287 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
16288 the same service can still access). When a service is
16289 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
16290 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
16291 this though).
16292
16293 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
16294 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
16295 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
16296 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
16297 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
16298 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
16299
16300 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
16301 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
16302
16303 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
16304 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
16305
16306 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
16307
16308 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
16309 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
16310 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
16311 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
16312 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
16313
16314 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
16315 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
16316 system is to be mounted.
16317
16318 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
16319 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
16320 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
16321 purpose for socket units.
16322
16323 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
16324 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
16325
16326 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
16327 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
16328 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
16329 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
16330 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
16331
16332 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
16333 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
16334 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
16335 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16336 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
16337 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
16338 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
16339 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
16340 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16341
16342 CHANGES WITH 198:
16343
16344 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
16345 files without having to edit/override the unit files
16346 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
16347 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
16348 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
16349 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
16350 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
16351 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
16352 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
16353 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
16354 unit files locally: copying the files from
16355 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
16356 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
16357 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
16358 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
16359 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
16360 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
16361 for them too.
16362
16363 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
16364 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
16365 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
16366 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
16367 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
16368 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
16369 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
16370 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
16371 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
16372
16373 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
16374 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
16375
16376 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
16377 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
16378 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
16379 other users.
16380
16381 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
16382 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
16383 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
16384 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
16385 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
16386 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
16387 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
16388 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
16389 management logic is also available to other programs via the
16390 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
16391 supported.
16392
16393 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
16394 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
16395 the foreground VT.
16396
16397 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
16398 call.
16399
16400 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
16401 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
16402 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
16403 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
16404 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
16405 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
16406 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
16407 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
16408 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
16409 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
16410 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
16411 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
16412 also been removed.
16413
16414 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
16415 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
16416 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
16417 objects themselves.
16418
16419 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
16420
16421 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
16422 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
16423 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
16424 to how this is supported in shells.
16425
16426 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
16427 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
16428 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
16429 user systemd instance.
16430
16431 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
16432 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
16433 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
16434 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
16435 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
16436 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
16437 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
16438 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
16439 one day for good in the kernel.
16440
16441 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
16442 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
16443 container.
16444
16445 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
16446 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
16447 the host into the container.
16448
16449 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
16450 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
16451 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
16452 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
16453 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
16454 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
16455
16456 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
16457
16458 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
16459 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
16460 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
16461 configured to be mounted there.
16462
16463 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
16464 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
16465 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
16466 system resume events.
16467
16468 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
16469 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
16470 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
16471 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
16472
16473 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
16474 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
16475 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
16476 card).
16477
16478 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
16479 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
16480 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
16481
16482 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
16483 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
16484 later "change" event.
16485
16486 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
16487 now carry a message ID.
16488
16489 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
16490 continues to be work in progress.
16491
16492 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
16493 root directory to operate relative to.
16494
16495 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
16496 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
16497 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
16498 times a little.
16499
16500 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
16501 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
16502 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
16503 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
16504 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
16505 request boot into firmware operations.
16506
16507 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
16508 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
16509 correctly in initrds.
16510
16511 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
16512 compile time optional via a configure switch.
16513
16514 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
16515 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
16516
16517 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
16518 the status of all active or failed units.
16519
16520 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
16521 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
16522 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
16523 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
16524 requests more robust.
16525
16526 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
16527 reading journal files.
16528
16529 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
16530 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
16531
16532 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
16533
16534 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
16535 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
16536
16537 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
16538 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
16539 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
16540 socket activation in daemons.
16541
16542 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
16543 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
16544
16545 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
16546 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
16547 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
16548
16549 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
16550 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
16551 system units.
16552
16553 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
16554 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
16555 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
16556
16557 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
16558 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
16559 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
16560 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
16561 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
16562 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
16563 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
16564 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
16565 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
16566 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
16567 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
16568 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
16569 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
16570 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
16571 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
16572 package installation time.
16573
16574 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
16575 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
16576 scripts need to create these system user/group at
16577 installation time.
16578
16579 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
16580 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
16581
16582 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
16583
16584 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
16585 available.
16586
16587 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
16588 load SMACK policies at early boot.
16589
16590 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
16591 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
16592 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
16593 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
16594 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16595 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
16596 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
16597 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
16598 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
16599 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
16600 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
16601 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16602 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
16603 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
16604
16605 CHANGES WITH 197:
16606
16607 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
16608 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
16609 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
16610 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
16611 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
16612 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
16613 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
16614 the supported calendar time specification language see
16615 systemd.time(7).
16616
16617 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
16618 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
16619 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
16620 document for details:
16621
16622 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
16623
16624 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
16625 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
16626 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
16627 implementations around and minimal in its code and
16628 dependencies.
16629
16630 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
16631 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
16632 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
16633 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
16634 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
16635 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
16636 with a configure switch.
16637
16638 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
16639 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
16640 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
16641 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
16642 such as ext4.
16643
16644 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
16645 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
16646 identities are attached to the devices as well.
16647
16648 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
16649 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
16650
16651 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
16652 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
16653 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
16654 using only core OS tools.
16655
16656 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
16657 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
16658 implementation of socket activated nspawn
16659 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
16660 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
16661 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
16662 eventually.
16663
16664 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
16665 presenting log data.
16666
16667 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
16668 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
16669
16670 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
16671 system on idle.
16672
16673 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
16674 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
16675 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
16676 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
16677 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
16678 information if possible.
16679
16680 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
16681 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
16682 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
16683
16684 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
16685 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
16686 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
16687 is running on battery power.
16688
16689 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
16690 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
16691 is in the "failed" state.
16692
16693 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
16694 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
16695 environment files at once.
16696
16697 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
16698 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
16699 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
16700 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
16701 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
16702 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
16703 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
16704 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
16705 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
16706 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
16707 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
16708 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
16709 pieces of code locally from the git history.
16710
16711 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
16712 log the unit name in the message meta data.
16713
16714 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
16715 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
16716
16717 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
16718 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
16719 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
16720 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
16721 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
16722 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
16723 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
16724 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
16725 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
16726 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
16727 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
16728 shipped from us upstream.
16729
16730 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
16731 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
16732 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
16733 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
16734 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16735 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
16736 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
16737 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
16738 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
16739 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
16740 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
16741 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
16742 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16743
16744 CHANGES WITH 196:
16745
16746 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
16747 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
16748 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
16749 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
16750 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
16751 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
16752 becoming the one central database for non-essential
16753 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
16754 database was only attached to select devices, since the
16755 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
16756 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
16757 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
16758 data for all devices where this is available, by
16759 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
16760 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
16761 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
16762 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
16763 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
16764 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
16765
16766 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
16767 indexed database to link up additional information with
16768 journal entries. For further details please check:
16769
16770 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
16771
16772 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
16773 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
16774 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
16775 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
16776 macro for this purpose.
16777
16778 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
16779 Python logging framework.
16780
16781 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
16782 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
16783 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
16784 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
16785 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
16786 time intervals.
16787
16788 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
16789 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
16790 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
16791
16792 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
16793 right-away on the selected coredump.
16794
16795 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
16796 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
16797 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
16798
16799 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
16800 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
16801 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
16802 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
16803
16804 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
16805 default.
16806
16807 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
16808 SMACK security label.
16809
16810 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
16811 daylight saving change.
16812
16813 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
16814 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
16815 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
16816 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
16817 distributions who still need support this to either continue
16818 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
16819 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
16820
16821 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
16822 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
16823 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
16824 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
16825 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
16826 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
16827 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
16828
16829 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
16830 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
16831
16832 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
16833 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
16834 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
16835 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
16836 offline updating tools.
16837
16838 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
16839 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
16840 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
16841 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
16842 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
16843 directories for packages to place various data files in.
16844
16845 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
16846 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
16847
16848 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
16849 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16850 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
16851 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16852 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
16853 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
16854 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
16855 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
16856 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16857
16858 CHANGES WITH 195:
16859
16860 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
16861 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
16862 units via --unit=/-u.
16863
16864 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
16865 right thing.
16866
16867 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
16868 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
16869 rotation.
16870
16871 * The journal will now index the available field values for
16872 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
16873 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
16874 completion of journalctl has been updated
16875 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
16876 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
16877
16878 * More service events are now written as structured messages
16879 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
16880
16881 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
16882 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
16883 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
16884 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
16885 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
16886 these settings from the command line now, especially since
16887 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
16888 completion.
16889
16890 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
16891 extract coredumps from the journal.
16892
16893 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
16894 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
16895 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
16896 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
16897 scratch their heads.
16898
16899 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
16900 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
16901
16902 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
16903 in immediate termination of systemd.
16904
16905 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
16906 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
16907
16908 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
16909 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
16910 mouse screen support has been added.
16911
16912 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
16913 Server-Sent-Events as output.
16914
16915 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
16916 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
16917 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
16918 "systemctl reload".
16919
16920 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
16921 -u" instead.
16922
16923 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
16924 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
16925 configured.
16926
16927 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
16928 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
16929
16930 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
16931 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
16932 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
16933 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
16934 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
16935 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
16936 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
16937
16938 CHANGES WITH 194:
16939
16940 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
16941 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
16942 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
16943 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
16944 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
16945 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
16946 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
16947 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
16948 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
16949 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
16950 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
16951 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
16952
16953 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
16954 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
16955 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16956
16957 CHANGES WITH 193:
16958
16959 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
16960 starting from the specified location in the journal.
16961
16962 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
16963 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
16964 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
16965
16966 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
16967 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
16968 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
16969 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
16970 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
16971 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
16972 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
16973
16974 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
16975 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
16976
16977 This will download the journal contents in a
16978 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
16979
16980 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16981
16982 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16983 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16984 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16985 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16986 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16987
16988 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16989
16990 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16991 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16992
16993 CHANGES WITH 192:
16994
16995 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16996 too.
16997
16998 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16999 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
17000 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
17001 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
17002 just start them.
17003
17004 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
17005 and line break accordingly.
17006
17007 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17008 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
17009
17010 CHANGES WITH 191:
17011
17012 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
17013 container environment, copying the host's timezone
17014 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
17015 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
17016 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
17017
17018 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
17019 will default to 10 if omitted.
17020
17021 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
17022 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
17023 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
17024 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
17025 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
17026
17027 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
17028 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
17029 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
17030 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
17031 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
17032 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
17033 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
17034
17035 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
17036 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
17037 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
17038 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
17039 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
17040 into two.
17041
17042 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
17043 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
17044
17045 CHANGES WITH 190:
17046
17047 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
17048 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
17049 "systemctl status".
17050
17051 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
17052 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
17053 system to another place in the same file system could not be
17054 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
17055 field.)
17056
17057 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
17058 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
17059 default.
17060
17061 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
17062 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
17063 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
17064 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
17065 in a container.
17066
17067 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
17068 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
17069 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
17070 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
17071 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
17072 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
17073
17074 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
17075 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
17076 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
17077 no-op.
17078
17079 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
17080 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
17081 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
17082 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
17083 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
17084
17085 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
17086 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
17087
17088 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
17089 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
17090 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
17091 command.
17092
17093 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
17094 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
17095 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
17096
17097 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
17098
17099 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
17100 multiple files at once.
17101
17102 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
17103 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
17104 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
17105 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
17106 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
17107 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
17108 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
17109
17110 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
17111 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
17112 now support specifiers as well.
17113
17114 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
17115 dir: %_presetdir.
17116
17117 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
17118 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
17119
17120 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
17121 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
17122 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
17123 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
17124 anymore.
17125
17126 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
17127 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
17128 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
17129 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
17130
17131 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
17132 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
17133 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
17134
17135 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
17136 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
17137 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
17138 sockets.
17139
17140 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
17141 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
17142 is changed.
17143
17144 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
17145 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
17146 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
17147 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
17148 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
17149 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
17150 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
17151
17152 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
17153
17154 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
17155 the unit file label and client process label into account.
17156
17157 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
17158 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
17159
17160 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
17161 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
17162 (%b).
17163
17164 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
17165 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
17166 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17167 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
17168 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
17169 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
17170 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17171
17172 CHANGES WITH 189:
17173
17174 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
17175 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
17176
17177 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
17178 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
17179 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
17180 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
17181 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
17182 syslog daemons again.
17183
17184 * The libudev API gained the new
17185 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
17186
17187 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
17188 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
17189 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
17190 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
17191
17192 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
17193 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
17194 container.
17195
17196 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
17197 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
17198 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
17199 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
17200 this explaining it in more detail.
17201
17202 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
17203 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
17204 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
17205 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
17206
17207 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
17208 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
17209 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
17210 journal files.
17211
17212 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
17213 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
17214 as container init process a lot more fun.
17215
17216 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
17217 entries.
17218
17219 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
17220 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
17221 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
17222 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
17223 different sets of services.
17224
17225 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
17226 failure state.
17227
17228 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
17229 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
17230 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17231
17232 CHANGES WITH 188:
17233
17234 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
17235 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
17236 tree a lot more organized.
17237
17238 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
17239 may be used to group services in a natural way.
17240
17241 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
17242 services.
17243
17244 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
17245 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
17246 filtering by log level now.
17247
17248 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
17249 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
17250 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
17251
17252 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
17253 command lines involving service unit names.
17254
17255 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
17256 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
17257
17258 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
17259 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
17260 and encodes structured information about the error number.
17261
17262 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
17263 option.
17264
17265 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
17266 a shutdown is cancelled.
17267
17268 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
17269 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
17270 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
17271 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
17272 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
17273
17274 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
17275 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
17276 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
17277 for display managers instead.
17278
17279 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
17280 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
17281 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
17282 protection, and suchlike.
17283
17284 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
17285 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
17286 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
17287 the service.
17288
17289 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
17290 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
17291 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
17292 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
17293 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
17294 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17295
17296 CHANGES WITH 187:
17297
17298 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
17299 pages.
17300
17301 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
17302 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
17303 data loss.
17304
17305 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
17306 option.
17307
17308 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
17309
17310 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
17311 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
17312
17313 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
17314 specific directory.
17315
17316 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
17317 messages of two different boots.
17318
17319 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
17320 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
17321 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
17322
17323 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
17324 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
17325 disjunctions.
17326
17327 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
17328 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
17329 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
17330
17331 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
17332 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
17333 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
17334
17335 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
17336 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
17337 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
17338 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
17339 speed things up a bit.
17340
17341 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
17342 header data of journal files.
17343
17344 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
17345 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
17346 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
17347
17348 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
17349 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
17350 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
17351 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
17352
17353 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17354
17355 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
17356 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
17357 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
17358 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17359
17360 CHANGES WITH 186:
17361
17362 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
17363 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
17364 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
17365 prefixed with rd.
17366
17367 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
17368 automatically generated at boot. Use:
17369
17370 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
17371
17372 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
17373
17374 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
17375
17376 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
17377 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
17378 as well.
17379
17380 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
17381 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
17382 in all appropriate directories automatically.
17383
17384 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
17385 does the right thing. Example:
17386
17387 udevadm info /dev/sda
17388 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
17389
17390 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
17391 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
17392 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
17393 running.
17394
17395 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
17396 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
17397
17398 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
17399 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
17400
17401 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
17402 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
17403 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
17404 files.
17405
17406 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
17407 be stopped that is not loaded.
17408
17409 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
17410
17411 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
17412
17413 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
17414 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
17415 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
17416 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
17417
17418 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
17419 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
17420 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
17421 completed initialization.
17422
17423 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
17424
17425 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
17426 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
17427 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
17428 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
17429 distributions.
17430
17431 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
17432 always valid when services log to the journal via
17433 STDOUT/STDERR.
17434
17435 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
17436 command line options we understand.
17437
17438 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
17439 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
17440
17441 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
17442 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
17443
17444 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
17445 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
17446 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
17447 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
17448
17449 systemctl status /home
17450 systemctl status /dev/sda
17451
17452 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
17453 system.conf parsing.
17454
17455 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
17456 Manager object.
17457
17458 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
17459
17460 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
17461
17462 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
17463 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
17464 complete.
17465
17466 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
17467 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
17468 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
17469 systemd-fsck@.service.
17470
17471 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
17472 Manager object.
17473
17474 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
17475 work sensibly.
17476
17477 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
17478 we actually understand.
17479
17480 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
17481 additional capabilities to the container.
17482
17483 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
17484 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
17485 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
17486
17487 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
17488 the current boot only.
17489
17490 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
17491 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
17492
17493 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
17494 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
17495 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
17496 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
17497 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
17498
17499 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17500
17501 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
17502 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
17503 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
17504 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
17505
17506 CHANGES WITH 185:
17507
17508 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
17509 available.
17510
17511 * Several new man pages have been added.
17512
17513 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
17514 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
17515 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
17516 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
17517
17518 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
17519 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
17520
17521 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
17522 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
17523 Matthias Clasen
17524
17525 CHANGES WITH 184:
17526
17527 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
17528 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
17529
17530 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
17531 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
17532 daemon.
17533
17534 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
17535 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
17536
17537 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
17538 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
17539 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
17540 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
17541
17542 CHANGES WITH 183:
17543
17544 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
17545 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
17546 and systemd's most recent version number.
17547
17548 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
17549 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
17550 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
17551 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
17552 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
17553 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
17554
17555 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
17556 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
17557 subsystems.
17558
17559 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
17560 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
17561 used to subscribe to events.
17562
17563 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
17564 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
17565 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
17566 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
17567 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
17568 forked by udev rules.
17569
17570 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
17571 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
17572 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
17573 it.
17574
17575 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
17576 udev_monitor_from_socket()
17577 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
17578 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
17579 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
17580
17581 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
17582 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
17583
17584 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
17585 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
17586 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
17587 the files to the new names on upgrade.
17588
17589 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
17590 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
17591 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
17592 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
17593 to be used as drop-in files.
17594
17595 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
17596 particular suspending and hibernating.
17597
17598 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
17599 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
17600 about this in more detail.
17601
17602 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
17603 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
17604 places). Distributions which have not converted these
17605 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
17606 from git history and add them downstream.
17607
17608 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
17609 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
17610 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
17611 units.
17612
17613 * All smaller setup units (such as
17614 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
17615 are run in a container and are skipped when
17616 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
17617 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
17618
17619 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
17620 integrated, for details see:
17621 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
17622
17623 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
17624 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
17625 messages.
17626
17627 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
17628 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
17629 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
17630 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
17631 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
17632
17633 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
17634 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
17635 for all units started by PID 1.
17636
17637 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
17638 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
17639 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
17640
17641 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
17642 of PID 1 anymore.
17643
17644 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
17645 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
17646 have not been read by systemd yet.
17647
17648 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
17649 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
17650 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
17651 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
17652 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
17653 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
17654
17655 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
17656 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
17657
17658 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
17659
17660 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
17661 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
17662 so sexy.
17663
17664 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
17665 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
17666 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
17667 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
17668 patterns.
17669
17670 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
17671 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
17672 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
17673 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
17674
17675 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
17676 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
17677
17678 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
17679 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
17680 in systemd now.
17681
17682 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
17683 ID on the command line.
17684
17685 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
17686 for an init system.
17687
17688 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
17689 vt100.
17690
17691 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
17692
17693 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
17694 components now have directories of their own.
17695
17696 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
17697
17698 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
17699 container in other hierarchies.
17700
17701 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
17702 system.conf.
17703
17704 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
17705
17706 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
17707 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
17708
17709 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
17710 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
17711
17712 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
17713 locally generated journal files.
17714
17715 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
17716
17717 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
17718
17719 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
17720 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
17721 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
17722 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
17723 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
17724 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
17725 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17726 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
17727 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
17728 Gundersen
17729
17730 CHANGES WITH 44:
17731
17732 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17733
17734 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
17735 KVM or container configured UUID.
17736
17737 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
17738
17739 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
17740
17741 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
17742 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
17743
17744 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
17745
17746 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
17747 folks
17748
17749 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
17750 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
17751 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
17752
17753 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
17754 configuration
17755
17756 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
17757 free fashion
17758
17759 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
17760 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
17761 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
17762 automatically generated data.
17763
17764 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
17765 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
17766 however.
17767
17768 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
17769 tarball.
17770
17771 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
17772 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
17773 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
17774 Reding
17775
17776 CHANGES WITH 43:
17777
17778 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17779
17780 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
17781
17782 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
17783
17784 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
17785 normal user logins.
17786
17787 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
17788 Biebl
17789
17790 CHANGES WITH 42:
17791
17792 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
17793
17794 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
17795 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
17796 xsltproc.
17797
17798 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
17799 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
17800 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
17801
17802 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
17803 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
17804 reboot can automatically be triggered.
17805
17806 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
17807
17808 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
17809 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17810 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
17811
17812 CHANGES WITH 41:
17813
17814 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
17815 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
17816 package update.
17817
17818 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
17819 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
17820 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
17821
17822 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
17823 complete.
17824
17825 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
17826 understood to set system wide environment variables
17827 dynamically at boot.
17828
17829 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
17830
17831 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
17832 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
17833 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
17834 files.
17835
17836 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17837 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
17838 William Douglas
17839
17840 CHANGES WITH 40:
17841
17842 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17843
17844 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
17845 "Result" D-Bus property.
17846
17847 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
17848 the next few releases.)
17849
17850 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
17851 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
17852 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
17853 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
17854
17855 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
17856 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
17857 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
17858
17859 CHANGES WITH 39:
17860
17861 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17862 bugfixes.
17863
17864 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
17865 resource usage.
17866
17867 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
17868 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
17869 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
17870 journals by the respective users.
17871
17872 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
17873 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
17874 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
17875
17876 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
17877 client for all entries.
17878
17879 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
17880
17881 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
17882 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
17883
17884 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
17885 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
17886 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
17887 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
17888
17889 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
17890 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
17891 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
17892
17893 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
17894 journal along with meta data.
17895
17896 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
17897 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
17898 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
17899
17900 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
17901 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
17902 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
17903
17904 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
17905
17906 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
17907 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
17908 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
17909 or fsck.
17910
17911 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
17912 requested with new -k switch.
17913
17914 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17915 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
17916
17917 CHANGES WITH 38:
17918
17919 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17920 bugfixes.
17921
17922 * The git repository moved to:
17923 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
17924 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
17925
17926 * First release with the journal
17927 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
17928
17929 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
17930 systemd-stdout-bridge.
17931
17932 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
17933
17934 * Many systemadm clean-ups
17935
17936 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
17937 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
17938 remote mounts.
17939
17940 * Added Mageia support
17941
17942 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
17943
17944 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
17945 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
17946 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
17947 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
17948 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
17949
17950 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
17951 of existing distributions.
17952
17953 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
17954 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
17955
17956 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
17957 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
17958 boot.
17959
17960 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
17961
17962 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
17963 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
17964 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
17965 among other things.
17966
17967 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
17968 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
17969
17970 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
17971
17972 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
17973 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
17974 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
17975
17976 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
17977 restored.
17978
17979 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
17980 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17981 kmod
17982
17983 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17984 of /usr/local by default.
17985
17986 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17987 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17988 in:
17989 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17990
17991 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17992 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17993 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17994 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17995 supported anyway, and bad style).
17996
17997 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17998 reloading of units together.
17999
18000 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
18001 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
18002 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
18003 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
18004 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek